## AP Calculus AB 2018

Copyright © 2016 by McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. Except as permitted under the United States Copyright Act of 1976, no part of this publication may be reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, or stored in a database or retrieval system, without the prior written permission of the publisher, with the exception that the program listings may be entered, stored, and executed in a computer system, but they may not be reproduced for publication.

ISBN: 978-1-259-58337-7

MHID: 1-259-58337-6

The material in this eBook also appears in the print version of this title: ISBN: 978-1-259-58336-0,

MHID: 1-259-58336-8.

eBook conversion by codeMantra

Version 1.0

All trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners. Rather than put a trademark symbol after every occurrence of a trademarked name, we use names in an editorial fashion only, and to the benefit of the trademark owner, with no intention of infringement of the trademark. Where such designations appear in this book, they have been printed with initial caps.

McGraw-Hill Education eBooks are available at special quantity discounts to use as premiums and sales promotions or for use in corporate training programs. To contact a representative, please visit the Contact Us page at www.mhprofessional.com .

McGraw-Hill Education, the McGraw-Hill Education logo, *5 Steps to a 5* , and related trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of McGraw-Hill Education and/or its affiliates in the United States and other countries and may not be used without written permission. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. McGraw-Hill Education is not associated with any product or vendor mentioned in this book.

*AP, Advanced Placement Program* , and *College Board* are registered trademarks of the College Board, which was not involved in the production of, and does not endorse, this product.

**TERMS OF USE**

This is a copyrighted work and McGraw-Hill Education and its licensors reserve all rights in and to the work. Use of this work is subject to these terms. Except as permitted under the Copyright Act of 1976 and the right to store and retrieve one copy of the work, you may not decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, reproduce, modify, create derivative works based upon, transmit, distribute, disseminate, sell, publish or sublicense the work or any part of it without McGraw-Hill Education’s prior consent. You may use the work for your own noncommercial and personal use; any other use of the work is strictly prohibited. Your right to use the work may be terminated if you fail to comply with these terms.

THE WORK IS PROVIDED “AS IS.” McGRAW-HILL EDUCATION AND ITS LICENSORS MAKE NO GUARANTEES OR WARRANTIES AS TO THE ACCURACY, ADEQUACY OR COMPLETENESS OF OR RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED FROM USING THE WORK, INCLUDING ANY INFORMATION THAT CAN BE ACCESSED THROUGH THE WORK VIA HYPERLINK OR OTHERWISE, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. McGraw-Hill Education and its licensors do not warrant or guarantee that the functions contained in the work will meet your requirements or that its operation will be uninterrupted or error free. Neither McGraw-Hill Education nor its licensors shall be liable to you or anyone else for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in the work or for any damages resulting therefrom. McGraw-Hill Education has no responsibility for the content of any information accessed through the work. Under no circumstances shall McGraw-Hill Education and/or its licensors be liable for any indirect, incidental, special, punitive, consequential or similar damages that result from the use of or inability to use the work, even if any of them has been advised of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability shall apply to any claim or cause whatsoever whether such claim or cause arises in contract, tort or otherwise.

## CONTENTS

**About the Author**

**Preface**

**Acknowledgments**

**Introduction: The Five-Step Program**

STEP 1 Set Up Your Study Plan

**1 What You Need to Know About the AP Calculus AB Exam**

1.1 What Is Covered on the AP Calculus Exam?

1.2 What Is the Format of the AP Calculus AB Exam?

1.3 What Are the Advanced Placement Exam Grades?

How Is the AP Calculus AB Exam Grade Calculated?

1.4 Which Graphing Calculators Are Allowed for the Exam?

Calculators and Other Devices Not Allowed for the AP Calculus AB Exam

Other Restrictions on Calculators

**2 How to Plan Your Time**

2.1 Three Approaches to Preparing for the AP Calculus AB Exam

Overview of the Three Plans

2.2 Calendar for Each Plan

Summary of the Three Study Plans

STEP 2 Determine Your Test Readiness

**3 Take a Diagnostic Exam**

3.1 Getting Started!

3.2 Diagnostic Test

3.3 Answers to Diagnostic Test

3.4 Solutions to Diagnostic Test

3.5 Calculate Your Score

Short-Answer Questions

AP Calculus AB Diagnostic Test

STEP 3 Develop Strategies for Success

**4 How to Approach Each Question Type**

4.1 The Multiple-Choice Questions

4.2 The Free-Response Questions

4.3 Using a Graphing Calculator

4.4 Taking the Exam

What Do I Need to Bring to the Exam?

Tips for Taking the Exam

STEP 4 Review the Knowledge You Need to Score High

**5 Review of Precalculus**

5.1 Lines

Slope of a Line

Equations of a Line

Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

5.2 Absolute Values and Inequalities

Absolute Values

Inequalities and the Real Number Line

Solving Absolute Value Inequalities

Solving Polynomial Inequalities

Solving Rational Inequalities

5.3 Functions

Definition of a Function

Operations on Functions

Inverse Functions

Trigonometric and Inverse Trigonometric Functions

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

5.4 Graphs of Functions

Increasing and Decreasing Functions

Intercepts and Zeros

Odd and Even Functions

Shifting, Reflecting, and Stretching Graphs

5.5 Rapid Review

5.6 Practice Problems

5.7 Cumulative Review Problems

5.8 Solutions to Practice Problems

5.9 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

**Big Idea 1: Limits**

**6 Limits and Continuity**

6.1 The Limit of a Function

Definition and Properties of Limits

Evaluating Limits

One-Sided Limits

Squeeze Theorem

6.2 Limits Involving Infinities

Infinite Limits (as *x* → *a* )

Limits at Infinity (as *x* → ±∞)

Horizontal and Vertical Asymptotes

6.3 Continuity of a Function

Continuity of a Function at a Number

Continuity of a Function over an Interval

Theorems on Continuity

6.4 Rapid Review

6.5 Practice Problems

6.6 Cumulative Review Problems

6.7 Solutions to Practice Problems

6.8 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

**Big Idea 2: Derivatives**

**7 Differentiation**

7.1 Derivatives of Algebraic Functions

Definition of the Derivative of a Function

Power Rule

The Sum, Difference, Product, and Quotient Rules

The Chain Rule

7.2 Derivatives of Trigonometric, Inverse Trigonometric, Exponential, and Logarithmic Functions

Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions

Derivatives of Inverse Trigonometric Functions

Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

7.3 Implicit Differentiation

Procedure for Implicit Differentiation

7.4 Approximating a Derivative

7.5 Derivatives of Inverse Functions

7.6 Higher Order Derivatives

7.7 *L’Hôpital’s* Rule for Indeterminate Forms

7.8 Rapid Review

7.9 Practice Problems

7.10 Cumulative Review Problems

7.11 Solutions to Practice Problems

7.12 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

**8 Graphs of Functions and Derivatives**

8.1 Rolle’s Theorem, Mean Value Theorem, and Extreme Value Theorem

Rolle’s Theorem

Mean Value Theorem

Extreme Value Theorem

8.2 Determining the Behavior of Functions

Test for Increasing and Decreasing Functions

First Derivative Test and Second Derivative Test for Relative Extrema

Test for Concavity and Points of Inflection

8.3 Sketching the Graphs of Functions

Graphing without Calculators

Graphing with Calculators

8.4 Graphs of Derivatives

8.5 Rapid Review

8.6 Practice Problems

8.7 Cumulative Review Problems

8.8 Solutions to Practice Problems

8.9 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

**9 Applications of Derivatives**

9.1 Related Rate

General Procedure for Solving Related Rate Problems

Common Related Rate Problems

Inverted Cone (Water Tank) Problem

Shadow Problem

Angle of Elevation Problem

9.2 Applied Maximum and Minimum Problems

General Procedure for Solving Applied Maximum and Minimum Problems

Distance Problem

Area and Volume Problems

Business Problems

9.3 Rapid Review

9.4 Practice Problems

9.5 Cumulative Review Problems

9.6 Solutions to Practice Problems

9.7 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

**10 More Applications of Derivatives**

10.1 Tangent and Normal Lines

Tangent Lines

Normal Lines

10.2 Linear Approximations

Tangent Line Approximation (or Linear Approximation)

Estimating the *n* th Root of a Number

Estimating the Value of a Trigonometric Function of an Angle

10.3 Motion Along a Line

Instantaneous Velocity and Acceleration

Vertical Motion

Horizontal Motion

10.4 Rapid Review

10.5 Practice Problems

10.6 Cumulative Review Problems

10.7 Solutions to Practice Problems

10.8 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

**Big Idea 3: Integrals and the Fundamental Theorems of Calculus**

**11 Integration**

11.1 Evaluating Basic Integrals

Antiderivatives and Integration Formulas

Evaluating Integrals

11.2 Integration by U-Substitution

The U-Substitution Method

U-Substitution and Algebraic Functions

U-Substitution and Trigonometric Functions

U-Substitution and Inverse Trigonometric Functions

U-Substitution and Logarithmic and Exponential Functions

11.3 Rapid Review

11.4 Practice Problems

11.5 Cumulative Review Problems

11.6 Solutions to Practice Problems

11.7 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

**12 Definite Integrals**

12.1 Riemann Sums and Definite Integrals

Sigma Notation or Summation Notation

Definition of a Riemann Sum

Definition of a Definite Integral

Properties of Definite Integrals

12.2 Fundamental Theorems of Calculus

First Fundamental Theorem of Calculus

Second Fundamental Theorem of Calculus

12.3 Evaluating Definite Integrals

Definite Integrals Involving Algebraic Functions

Definite Integrals Involving Absolute Value

Definite Integrals Involving Trigonometric, Logarithmic, and Exponential Functions

Definite Integrals Involving Odd and Even Functions

12.4 Rapid Review

12.5 Practice Problems

12.6 Cumulative Review Problems

12.7 Solutions to Practice Problems

12.8 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

**13 Areas and Volumes**

13.1 The Function

13.2 Approximating the Area Under a Curve

Rectangular Approximations

Trapezoidal Approximations

13.3 Area and Definite Integrals

Area Under a Curve

Area Between Two Curves

13.4 Volumes and Definite Integrals

Solids with Known Cross Sections

The Disc Method

The Washer Method

13.5 Rapid Review

13.6 Practice Problems

13.7 Cumulative Review Problems

13.8 Solutions to Practice Problems

13.9 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

**14 More Applications of Definite Integrals**

14.1 Average Value of a Function

Mean Value Theorem for Integrals

Average Value of a Function on [*a, b* ]

14.2 Distance Traveled Problems

14.3 Definite Integral as Accumulated Change

Business Problems

Temperature Problem

Leakage Problems

Growth Problem

14.4 Differential Equations

Exponential Growth/Decay Problems

Separable Differential Equations

14.5 Slope Fields

14.6 Rapid Review

14.7 Practice Problems

14.8 Cumulative Review Problems

14.9 Solutions to Practice Problems

14.10 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

STEP 5 Build Your Test-Taking Confidence

AP Calculus AB Practice Exam 1

AP Calculus AB Practice Exam 2

**Appendix**

**Bibliography**

**Websites**

## ABOUT THE AUTHOR

**WILLIAM MA ** has taught calculus for many years. He received his BA and MA from Columbia University. He was the chairman of the Math Department at the Herricks School District on Long Island, New York, for many years before retiring. He also taught as adjunct instructor at Baruch College, Fordham University, and Columbia University. He is the author of several books, including test preparation books for the SAT, ACT, GMAT, and AP Calculus AB and BC. He is currently a math consultant.

## PREFACE

Congratulations! You are an AP Calculus student. Not too shabby! As you know, AP Calculus is one of the most challenging subjects in high school. You are studying mathematical ideas that helped change the world. Not that long ago, calculus was taught at the graduate level. Today, smart young people like yourself study calculus in high school. Most colleges will give you credit if you score a 3 or more on the AP Calculus exam.

So how do you do well on the AP Calculus exam? How do you get a 5? Well, you’ve already taken the first step. You’re reading this book. The next thing you need to do is to make sure that you understand the materials and do the practice problems. In recent years, the AP Calculus exam has gone through many changes. For example, today the questions no longer stress long and tedious algebraic manipulations. Instead, you are expected to be able to solve a broad range of problems, including problems presented to you in the form of a graph, a chart, or a word problem. For many of the questions, you are also expected to use your calculator to find the solutions.

After having taught AP Calculus for many years and having spoken to students and other calculus teachers, we understand some of the difficulties that students might encounter with the AP Calculus exam. For example, some students have complained about not being able to visualize what the question was asking and other students said that even when the solution was given, they could not follow the steps. Under these circumstances, who wouldn’t be frustrated? In this book, we have addressed these issues. Whenever possible, problems are accompanied by diagrams and solutions are presented in a step-by-step manner. The graphing calculator is used extensively whenever it is permitted. To make things even easier, this book begins with a chapter that reviews precalculus. So, if you need to look up a formula, definition, or concept in precalculus, it is right here in the book. If you’re familiar with these concepts, you might skip this chapter and begin with Chapter 6 .

So how do you get a 5 on the AP Calculus exam?

Step 1: Set up your study program by selecting one of the three study plans in Chapter 2 of this book.

Step 2: Determine your test readiness by taking the Diagnostic Exam in Chapter 3 .

Step 3: Develop strategies for success by learning the test-taking techniques offered in Chapter 4 .

Step 4: Review the knowledge you need to score high by studying the subject materials in Chapter 5 through Chapter 14 .

Step 5: Build your test-taking confidence by taking the Practice Exams provided in this book.

As an old martial artist once said, “First you must understand. Then you must practice.” Have fun and good luck!

## ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I could not have written this book without the help of the following people:

My high school calculus teacher, *Michael Cantor* , who taught me calculus.

Professor *Leslie Beebe* , who taught me how to write.

*David Pickman* , who fixed my computer and taught me Equation Editor.

*Jennifer Tobin* , who tirelessly edited many parts of the manuscript and with whom I look forward to coauthoring a math book in the future.

*Robert Teseo* and his calculus students who field-tested many of the problems.

*Allison Litvack* , *Rich Peck* , and *Liz Spiegel* , who proofread sections of the Practice Tests. And a special thanks to *Trisha Ho* , who edited some of the materials.

*Mark Reynolds* , who proofread part of the manuscript.

*Maxine Lifsfitz* , who offered many helpful comments and suggestions.

*Grace Freedson* , *Del Franz* , and *Sonam Arora* for all their assistance.

*Sam Lee* and *Derek Ma* , who were on 24-hour call for technical support.

My older daughter, *Janet* , for not killing me for missing one of her concerts.

My younger daughter, *Karen* , who helped me with many of the computer graphics.

My wife, *Mary* , who gave me many ideas for the book and who often has more confidence in me than I have in myself.

## INTRODUCTION: THE FIVE-STEP PROGRAM

### How Is This Book Organized?

This book begins with an introduction to the Five-Step Program followed by 14 chapters reflecting the five steps.

• Step 1 provides an overview of the AP Calculus AB exam and offers three study plans for preparing for this exam.

• Step 2 contains a diagnostic test with answers and explanations.

• Step 3 offers test-taking strategies for answering both multiple-choice and free-response questions, and for using a graphing calculator.

• Step 4 consists of 10 chapters providing a comprehensive review of all topics covered on the AP Calculus AB exam. At the end of each chapter (beginning with Chapter 5 ), you will find a set of practice problems with solutions, a set of cumulative review problems with solutions, and a Rapid Review section giving you the highlights of the chapter.

• Step 5 provides two full practice AP Calculus exams with answers, explanations, and worksheets to compute your score.

The book concludes with a summary of math formulas and theorems related to the AP Calculus exams. (*Please note that the exercises in this book are done with the TI-89 Graphing Calculator.* )

### Introducing the Five-Step Preparation Program

This book is organized as a five-step program to prepare you to succeed in the AP Calculus AB exam. These steps are designed to provide you with vital skills, strategies, and the practice that can lead you to that perfect 5. Here are the five steps.

#### Step 1: Set Up Your Study Program

In this step you will read an overview of the AP Calculus AB exam, including a summary of topics covered in the exam and a description of the format of the exam. You will also follow a process to help determine which of the following preparation programs is right for you:

• Full school year: September through May

• One semester: January through May

• Six weeks: Basic training for the exam

#### Step 2: Determine Your Test Readiness

In this step you will take a diagnostic multiple-choice exam in calculus. This pre-test should give you an idea of how prepared you are to take the real exam before beginning to study for the actual AP Calculus AB exam.

#### Step 3: Develop Strategies for Success

In this step you will learn strategies that will help you do your best on the exam. These strategies cover both the multiple-choice and free-response sections of the exam.

• Learn to read multiple-choice questions.

• Learn how to answer multiple-choice questions.

• Learn how to plan and write answers to the free-response questions.

#### Step 4: Review the Knowledge You Need to Score High

In this step you will learn or review the material you need to know for the test. This review section takes up the bulk of this book. It contains:

• A comprehensive review of AP Calculus AB.

• A set of practice problems.

• A set of cumulative review problems beginning with Chapter 5 .

• A rapid review summarizing the highlights of the chapter.

#### Step 5: Build Your Test-Taking Confidence

In this step you will complete your preparation by testing yourself on practice exams. We have provided you with two complete AP Calculus AB exams, along with scoring guides for both of them. Although these practice exams are not reproduced questions from the actual AP calculus exams, they mirror both the material tested by AP and the way in which it is tested.

Finally, at the back of this book you will find additional resources to aid your preparation. These include:

• A brief bibliography.

• A list of websites related to the AP Calculus exam.

• A summary of formulas and theorems related to the AP Calculus exam.

### Introduction to the Graphics Used in this Book

To emphasize particular skills and strategies, we use several icons throughout this book. An icon in the margin will alert you that you should pay particular attention to the accompanying text. We use these icons:

This icon points out a very important concept or fact that you should not pass over.

This icon calls your attention to a strategy that you may want to try.

This icon indicates a tip that you might find useful.

## STEP 1

## Set Up Your Study Plan

CHAPTER **1 What You Need to Know About the AP Calculus AB Exam**

CHAPTER **2 How to Plan Your Time**

## CHAPTER 1

## What You Need to Know About the AP Calculus AB Exam

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary:** Learn what topics are tested in the exam, what the format is, which calculators are allowed, and how the exam is graded.

**Key Ideas**

The AP Calculus AB exam has 45 multiple-choice questions and 6 free-response questions. There are two types of questions, and each makes up 50% of the grade.

Many graphing calculators are permitted on the exam, including the TI-98.

You may bring up to two approved calculators for the exam.

You may store programs in your calculator, and you are not required to clear the memories in your calculator for the exam.

### 1.1 What Is Covered on the AP Calculus Exam?

The AP Calculus AB exam covers the following topics:

• Functions, Limits and Graphs of Functions, Continuity

• Definition and Computation of Derivatives, Second Derivatives, Relationship between the Graphs of Functions and Their Derivatives, Applications of Derivatives

• Finding Antiderivatives, Definite Integrals, Applications of Integrals, Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, Numerical Approximations of Definite Integrals, and Separable Differential Equations

Students are expected to be able to solve problems that are expressed graphically, numerically, analytically, and verbally. For a more detailed description of the topics covered in the AP Calculus AB exam, visit the College Board AP website at: www.exploreap.org .

### 1.2 What Is the Format of the AP Calculus AB Exam?

The AP Calculus AB exam has two sections:

Section I contains 45 multiple-choice questions for which you are given 105 minutes to complete.

Section II contains 6 free-response questions for which you are given 90 minutes to complete.

The total time allotted for both sections is 3 hours and 15 minutes. Below is a summary of the different parts of each section.

During the time allotted for Part B of Section II, students may continue to work on questions from Part A of Section II. However, they may not use a calculator at that time. Please note that you are not expected to be able to answer all the questions in order to receive a grade of 5. If you wish to see the specific instructions for each part of the test, visit the College Board website at: https://apstudent.collegeboard.org/apcourse/ap-calculus-ab/calculator-policy .

### 1.3 What Are the Advanced Placement Exam Grades?

Advanced Placement Exam grades are given on a 5-point scale with 5 being the highest grade. The grades are described below:

#### How Is the AP Calculus AB Exam Grade Calculated?

• The exam has a total raw score of 108 points: 54 points for the multiple-choice questions in Section I and 54 points for the free-response questions for Section II.

• Each correct answer in Section I is worth 1.2 points; there is **no point deduction** for incorrect answers and no points are given for unanswered questions. For example, suppose your result in Section I is as follows:

Your raw score for Section I would be:

40 × 1.2 = 48. Not a bad score!

• Each complete and correct solution for a question in Section II is worth 9 points.

• The total raw score for both Section I and II is converted to a 5-point scale. The cut-off points for each grade (1–5) vary from year to year. Visit the College Board website at: https://apstudent.collegeboard.org/exploreap/the-rewards/exam-scores for more information. Below is a rough estimate of the conversion scale:

Remember, these are approximate cut-off points.

### 1.4 Which Graphing Calculators Are Allowed for the Exam?

The following calculators are allowed:

For a more complete list, visit the College Board website at: https://apstudent.collegeboard.org/apcourse/ap-calculus-ab/calculator-policy . If you wish to use a graphing calculator that is not on the approved list, your teacher must obtain written permission from the ETS before April 1st of the testing year.

#### Calculators and Other Devices Not Allowed for the AP Calculus AB Exam

• TI-92 Plus, Voyage 200, and devices with QWERTY keyboards

• Non-graphing scientific calculators

• Laptop computers

• Pocket organizers, electronic writing pads, or pen-input devices

• Cellular phone calculators

#### Other Restrictions on Calculators

• You may bring up to two (but no more than two) approved graphing calculators to the exam.

• You may not share calculators with another student.

• You may store programs in your calculator.

• You are not required to clear the memories in your calculator for the exam.

• You may not use the memories of your calculator to store secured questions and take them out of the testing room.

## CHAPTER 2

## How to Plan Your Time

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary:** The right preparation plan for you depends on your study habits and the amount of time you have before the test.

**Key Idea**

Choose the study plan that is right for you.

### 2.1 Three Approaches to Preparing for the AP Calculus AB Exam

#### Overview of the Three Plans

No one knows your study habits, likes, and dislikes better than you. So you are the only one who can decide which approach you want and/or need to adopt to prepare for the Advanced Placement Calculus exam. Look at the brief profiles below. These may help you to place yourself in a particular prep mode.

**You are a full-year prep student** (Approach A) if:

1. You are the kind of person who likes to plan for everything far in advance … and I mean far … ;

2. You arrive at the airport 2 hours before your flight because, “you never know when these planes might leave early …”;

3. You like detailed planning and everything in its place;

4. You feel you must be thoroughly prepared;

5. You hate surprises.

**You are a one-semester prep student** (Approach B) if:

1. You get to the airport 1 hour before your flight is scheduled to leave;

2. You are willing to plan ahead to feel comfortable in stressful situations, but are okay with skipping some details;

3. You feel more comfortable when you know what to expect, but a surprise or two is cool;

4. You’re always on time for appointments.

**You are a six-week prep student** (Approach C) if:

1. You get to the airport just as your plane is announcing its final boarding;

2. You work best under pressure and tight deadlines;

3. You feel very confident with the skills and background you’ve learned in your AP Calculus class;

4. You decided late in the year to take the exam;

5. You like surprises;

6. You feel okay if you arrive 10–15 minutes late for an appointment.

### 2.2 Calendar for Each Plan

### A Calendar for Approach A:

A Year-Long Preparation for the AP Calculus AB Exam

Although its primary purpose is to prepare you for the AP Calculus AB exam you will take in May, this book can enrich your study of calculus, your analytical skills, and your problem-solving techniques.

**SEPTEMBER–OCTOBER** (Check off the activities as you complete them.)

_______ Determine into which student mode you would place yourself.

_______ Carefully read Steps 1 and 2.

_______ Get on the Web and take a look at the AP website(s).

_______ Skim the Comprehensive Review section. (These areas will be part of your year-long preparation.)

_______ Buy a few highlighters.

_______ Flip through the entire book. Break the book in. Write in it. Toss it around a little bit … Highlight it.

_______ Get a clear picture of what your own school’s AP Calculus curriculum is.

_______ Begin to use the book as a resource to supplement the classroom learning.

_______ Read and study Chapter 5 —Review of Precalculus.

_______ Read and study Chapter 6 —Limits and Continuity.

_______ Read and study Chapter 7 —Differentiation.

**NOVEMBER** (The first ten weeks have elapsed.)

_______ Read and study Chapter 8 —Graphs of Functions and Derivatives.

_______ Read and study Chapter 9 —Applications of Derivatives.

**DECEMBER**

_______ Read and study Chapter 10 —More Applications of Derivatives.

_______ Read and study Chapter 11 —Integration.

_______ Review Chapters 6 –8 .

**JANUARY** (Twenty weeks have now elapsed.)

_______ Read and study Chapter 12 —Definite Integrals.

_______ Review Chapters 9 –11 .

**FEBRUARY**

_______ Read and study Chapter 13 —Areas and Volumes.

_______ Take the Diagnostic Test.

_______ Evaluate your strengths and weaknesses.

_______ Study appropriate chapters to correct weaknesses.

**MARCH** (Thirty weeks have now elapsed.)

_______ Read and study Chapter 14 —More Applications of Definite Integrals.

_______ Review Chapters 12 –14 .

**APRIL**

_______ Take Practice Exam 1 in first week of April.

_______ Evaluate your strengths and weaknesses.

_______ Study appropriate chapters to correct weaknesses.

_______ Review Chapters 6 –14 .

**MAY—** First Two Weeks (THIS IS IT!)

_______ Take Practice Exam 2.

_______ Score yourself.

_______ Study appropriate chapters to correct weaknesses.

_______ Get a good night’s sleep the night before the exam. Fall asleep knowing you are well prepared.

GOOD LUCK ON THE TEST!

### A Calendar for Approach B:

A Semester-Long Preparation for the AP Calculus AB Exam

Working under the assumption that you’ve completed one semester of calculus studies, the following calendar will use those skills you’ve been practicing to prepare you for the May exam.

**JANUARY**

_______ Carefully read Steps 1 and 2.

_______ Read and study Chapter 6 —Limits and Continuity.

_______ Read and study Chapter 7 —Differentiation.

_______ Read and study Chapter 8 —Graphs of Functions and Derivatives.

_______ Read and study Chapter 9 —Applications of Derivatives.

**FEBRUARY**

_______ Read and study Chapter 5 —Review of Precalculus.

_______ Read and study Chapter 10 —More Applications of Derivatives.

_______ Read and study Chapter 11 —Integration.

_______ Take the Diagnostic Test.

_______ Evaluate your strengths and weaknesses.

_______ Study appropriate chapters to correct weaknesses.

_______ Review Chapters 6 –9 .

**MARCH** (Ten weeks to go.)

_______ Read and study Chapter 12 —Definite Integrals.

_______ Read and study Chapter 13 —Areas and Volumes.

_______ Read and study Chapter 14 —More Applications of Definite Integrals.

_______ Review Chapters 10 –12 .

**APRIL**

_______ Take Practice Exam 1 in first week of April.

_______ Evaluate your strengths and weaknesses.

_______ Study appropriate chapters to correct weaknesses.

_______ Review Chapters 6 –14 .

**MAY—** First Two Weeks (THIS IS IT!)

_______ Take Practice Exam 2.

_______ Score yourself.

_______ Study appropriate chapters to correct weaknesses.

_______ Get a good night’s sleep the night before the exam. Fall asleep knowing you are well prepared.

GOOD LUCK ON THE TEST!

### A Calendar for Approach C:

A Six-Week Preparation for the AP Calculus AB Exam

At this point, we are going to assume that you have been building your calculus knowledge base for more than six months. You will, therefore, use this book primarily as a specific guide to the AP Calculus AB exam.

Given the time constraints, now is not the time to try to expand your AP Calculus curriculum. Rather, it is time to limit and refine what you already do know.

**APRIL** 1st–15th

_______ Skim Steps 1 and 2.

_______ Skim Chapters 6 –10 .

_______ Carefully go over the “Rapid Review” sections of Chapters 6 –10 .

_______ Take the Diagnostic Test.

_______ Evaluate your strengths and weaknesses.

_______ Study appropriate chapters to correct weaknesses.

**APRIL** 16th–**MAY** 1st

_______ Skim Chapters 11 –14 .

_______ Carefully go over the “Rapid Review” sections of Chapters 11 –14 .

_______ Complete Practice Exam 1.

_______ Score yourself and analyze your errors.

_______ Study appropriate chapters to correct weaknesses.

**MAY—** First Two Weeks (THIS IS IT!)

_______ Complete Practice Exam 2.

_______ Score yourself and analyze your errors.

_______ Study appropriate chapters to correct weaknesses.

_______ Get a good night’s sleep. Fall asleep knowing you are well prepared.

GOOD LUCK ON THE TEST!

#### Summary of the Three Study Plans

## STEP 2

## Determine Your Test Readiness

CHAPTER **3 Take a Diagnostic Exam**

## CHAPTER 3

## Take a Diagnostic Exam

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary:** Get started in your review by working out the problems in the diagnostic exam. Use the answer sheet to record your answers. After you have finished working the problems, check your answers with the answer key. The problems in the diagnostic exam are presented in small groups matching the order of the review chapters. Your results should give you a good idea of how well you are prepared for the AP Calculus AB exam at this time. Note those chapters that you need to study the most, and spend more time on them. Good luck. You can do it.

**Key Ideas**

Work out the problems in the diagnostic exam carefully.

Check your work against the given answers.

Determine your areas of strength and weakness.

Identify and mark the pages that you must give special attention.

### DIAGNOSTIC TEST ANSWER SHEET

### 3.1 Getting Started!

Taking the Diagnostic Test helps you assess your strengths and weaknesses as you begin preparing for the AP Calculus AB exam. The questions in the Diagnostic Test contain both multiple-choice and open-ended questions. They are arranged by topic and designed to review concepts tested on the AP Calculus AB exam. All questions in the Diagnostic Test should be done without the use of a graphing calculator, except in a few cases where you need to find the numerical value of a logarithmic or exponential function.

### 3.2 Diagnostic Test

#### Chapter 5

** 1 .** Write an equation of a line passing through the origin and perpendicular to the line 5*x* – 2*y* = 10.

** 2 .** Solve the inequality 3|2*x* – 4| > 6 graphically. Write the solution in interval notation.

** 3 .** Given *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} + 1, evaluate .

** 4 .** Solve for *x* : 4 ln *x* – 2 = 6.

** 5 .** Given *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} – 8 and *g* (*x* ) = 2*x* – 2, find *f* (*g* (2)).

#### Chapter 6

** 6 .** A function *f* is continuous on [–2, 0] and some of the values of *f* are shown below.

If *f* (*x* ) = 2 has no solution on [–2, 0], then *b* could be

(A) 3

(B) 2

(C) 0

(D) –2

** 7 .** Evaluate .

** 8 .** If

** 9 .** If *f* (*x* ) = |2*xe* ^{ x } |, what is the value of ?

#### Chapter 7

** 10 .** Evaluate .

** 11 .** Given the equation *y* = (*x* + 1)(*x* – 3)^{2} , what is the instantaneous rate of change of *y* at *x* = –1?

** 12 .** What is

#### Chapter 8

** 13 .** The graph of *f* is shown in the figure below. Draw a possible graph of *f* ′ on (*a* , *b* ).

** 14 .** The graph of the function *g* is shown in the figure below. Which of the following is true for *g* on (*a* , *b* )?

I. *g* is monotonic on (*a* , *b* ).

II. *g* ′ is continuous on (*a* , *b* ).

III. *g* ″ > 0 on (*a* , *b* ).

** 15 .** The graph of *f* is shown in the figure below. If *f* is twice differentiable, which of the following statements is true?

(A) *f* (10) < *f* ′(10) < *f* ″(10)

(B) *f* ″(10) < *f* ′(10) < *f* (10)

(C) *f* ′(10) < *f* (10) < *f* ″(10)

(D) *f* ′(10) < *f* ″(10) < *f* (10)

** 16 .** The graph of *f* ′, the derivative of *f* , is shown in the following figure. At what value(s) of *x* is the graph of *f* concave up?

** 17 .** How many points of inflection does the graph of *y* = sin(*x* ^{2} ) have on the interval [–*π* , *π* ]?

** 18 .** If and the graph of *f* is shown above, which of the graphs below is a possible graph of *g* ?

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

** 19 .** The graphs of *f* ′, *g* ′, *p* ′, and *q* ′ are shown below. Which of the functions *f, g, p* , or *q* have a point of inflection on (*a* , *b* )?

#### Chapter 9

** 20 .** When the area of a square is increasing four times as fast as the diagonals, what is the length of a side of the square?

** 21 .** If *g* (*x* ) = |*x* ^{2} – 4*x* – 12|, which of the following statements about *g* is/are true?

I. *g* has a relative maximum at *x* = 2.

II. *g* is differentiable at *x* = 6.

III. *g* has a point of inflection at *x* = –2.

#### Chapter 10

** 22 .** Given the equation , what is an equation of the normal line to the graph at *x* = 5?

** 23 .** What is the slope of the tangent to the curve *y* = cos(*xy* ) at *x* = 0?

** 24 .** The velocity function of a moving particle on the *x* -axis is given as *v* (*t* ) = *t* ^{2} – *t* . For what values of *t* is the particle’s speed decreasing?

** 25 .** The velocity function of a moving particle is for 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 6. What is the maximum acceleration of the particle on the interval 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 6?

** 26 .** Write an equation of the normal line to the graph of *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} for *x* ≥ 0 at the point where *f* ′(*x* ) = 12.

** 27 .** At what value(s) of *x* do the graphs of and *y* = –*x* ^{2} have perpendicular tangent lines?

** 28 .** Given a differentiable function *f* with and . Using a tangent line to the graph at , find an approximate value of .

#### Chapter 11

** 29 .** Evaluate .

** 30 .** If *f* (*x* ) is an antiderivative of and *f* (0) = ln (2), find *f* (ln 2).

** 31 .** Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about the *x* -axis on the region bounded by the graph of *y* = sin 2*x* for 0 ≤ *x* ≤ *π* and the line .

#### Chapter 12

** 32 .** Evaluate .

** 33 .** If , find *k* .

** 34 .** If , find *h* ′(*π* ).

** 35 .** If *f* ′(*x* ) = *g* (*x* ) and *g* is a continuous function for all real values of *x* , then is

(A)

(B) *f* (2) – *f* (0).

(C) *f* (6) – *f* (0).

(D)

** 36 .** Evaluate .

** 37 .** If a function *f* is continuous for all values of *x* , which of the following statements is/are always true?

I.

II.

III.

** 38 .** If , find the value(s) of *x* where *g* has a local minimum.

#### Chapter 13

** 39 .** The graph of the velocity function of a moving particle is shown in the following figure. What is the total distance traveled by the particle during 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 6?

** 40 .** The graph of *f* consists of four line segments, for –1 ≤ *x* ≤ 5 as shown in the figure below. What is the value of

** 41 .** Find the area of the region enclosed by the graph of *y* = *x* ^{2} – *x* and the *x* -axis.

** 42 .** If for all real values of *k* , then which of the graphs shown on the next page could be the graph of *f* ?

** 43 .** The area under the curve from *x* = 1 to *x* = *k* is 8. Find the value of *k* .

** 44 .** For 0 ≤ *x* ≤ 3*π* , find the area of the region bounded by the graphs of *y* = sin *x* and *y* = cos *x* .

** 45 .** Let *f* be a continuous function on [0, 6] that has selected values as shown below:

Using three midpoint rectangles of equal widths, find an approximate value of

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

#### Chapter 14

** 46 .** What is the average value of the function *y* = *e* ^{-4x } on [–ln 2, ln 2]?

** 47 .** If and at *x* = *π* , *y* = 2, find a solution to the differential equation.

** 48 .** Water is leaking from a tank at the rate of *f* (*t* )=10 ln(*t* +1) gallons per hour for 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 10, where *t* is measured in hours. How many gallons of water have leaked from the tank after 5 hours?

** 49 .** Carbon-14 has a half-life of 5730 years. If *y* is the amount of Carbon-14 present and *y* decays according to the equation , where *k* is a constant and *t* is measured in years, find the value of *k* .

** 50 .** What is the volume of the solid whose base is the region enclosed by the graphs of *y* = *x* ^{2} and *y* = *x* + 2 and whose cross sections perpendicular to the *x* -axis are squares?

### 3.3 Answers to Diagnostic Test

** 1 .**

** 2 .** (– ∞, 1) ∪ (3, ∞)

** 3 .** 6 + *h*

** 4 .** *x* = *e* ^{2}

** 5 .** 0

** 6 .** A

** 7 .** –1/2

** 8 .** Does not exist.

** 9 .** 2

** 10 .**

** 11 .** 16

** 12 .** 2

** 13 .** See the graph in Question 15 in the Solutions to Diagnostic Test.

** 14 .** II & III

** 15 .** C

** 16 .** *x* < *x* _{2}

** 17 .** 8

** 18 .** A

** 19 .** *q*

** 20 .**

** 21 .** I

** 22 .** *y* = –4*x* + 22

** 23 .** 0

** 24 .**

** 25 .** 12

** 26 .**

** 27 .** 1.370

** 28 .** 2.983

** 29 .**

** 30 .** ln 3

** 31 .** 1.503

** 32 .** 2

** 33 .** {–2, 5}

** 34 .** 0

** 35 .** A

** 36 .**

** 37 .** I & III

** 38 .** 2*π*

** 39 .** 50 feet

** 40 .** 2

** 41 .**

** 42 .** D

** 43 .** 13^{2/3}

** 44 .** 5.657

** 45 .** 76

** 46 .**

** 47 .** *y* = –2 cos *x*

** 48 .** 57.506

** 49 .**

** 50 .**

### 3.4 Solutions to Diagnostic Test

#### Chapter 5

** 1 .** Write 5*x* – 2*y* = 10 in slope-intercept form *y* = *mx* + *b* and obtain . The slope of the line is . Therefore the slope of the line perpendicular to is – . Since the line perpendicular to also passes through the origin, its *y* -intercept is 0 and its equation is .

** 2 .** Using your calculator, set *y* _{1} = 3|2*x* – 4| and *y* _{2} = 6. Examine the figure below and note that 3|2*x* – 4| > 6 when *x* < 1 or *x* > 3.

Thus the solution in interval notation is (– ∞,1) ∪ (3, ∞).

** 3 .** Since *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} + 1, *f* (3) = 10 and *f* (3 + *h* ) = (3 + *h* )^{2} + 1 = 9 + 6*h* + *h* ^{2} + 1 = 10 + 6*h* + *h* ^{2} .

The quotient

** 4 .** Simplify the equation 4ln *x* – 2 = 6 and obtain ln *x* = 2. (Note that *e* ^{ x } and ln *x* are inverse functions.) Thus, *e* ^{ln x } = *e* ^{2} or *x* = *e* ^{2} .

** 5 .** Since *g* (*x* ) = 2*x* – 2, *g* (2) = 2(2) – 2 = 2.

Therefore *f* (*g* (2)) = *f* (2). Also *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} – 8.

Thus *f* (2) = 2^{3} – 8 = 0.

#### Chapter 6

** 6 .** See the figure below.

If *b* = 2, then *x* = –1 would be a solution for *f* (*x* ) = 2.

If *b* = 1, 0, or – 2, *f* (*x* ) = 2 would have two solutions.

Thus, *b* = 3, choice (A).

** 7 .**

** 8 .** does not exist.

** 9 .**

#### Chapter 7

** 10 .** By *L’Hôpital’s* Rule, .

** 11 .**

** 12 .**

#### Chapter 8

** 13 .** See the graph shown in Question 15.

** 14 .** I. Since the graph of *g* is decreasing and then increasing, it is not monotonic.

II. Since the graph of *g* is

a smooth curve, *g* ′ is continuous.

III. Since the graph of *g* is

concave upward, *g* ″ > 0.

Thus, only statements II and III are true.

** 15 .** The graph indicates that (1) *f* (10) = 0, (2) *f* ′(10) < 0, since *f* is decreasing; and (3) *f* ″(10) > 0, since *f* is concave upward.

Thus, *f* ′(10) < *f* (10) < *f* ″(10), choice (C).

Based on the graph of *f* :

A possible graph of *f* ′

** 16 .** See the figure below.

The graph of *f* is concave upward for *x* < *x* _{2} .

** 17 .** See the figure below.

Enter *y* ^{1} = sin(*x* ^{2} ). Using the [*Inflection* ] function of your calculator, you obtain four points of inflection on [0, *π* ]. The points of inflection occur at *x* = 0.81, 1.81, 2.52, and 3.07. Since *y* _{1} = sin (*x* ^{2} ) is an even function, there is a total of eight points of inflection on [–*π* , *π* ]. An alternate solution is to enter . The graph of *y* _{2} crosses the *x* -axis eight times, thus eight zeros on [–*π* , *π* ].

** 18 .** Since .

See the figure below.

The only graph that satisfies the behavior of *g* is choice (A).

** 19 .** See the figure below.

A change of concavity occurs at *x* = 0 for *q* .

Thus, *q* has a point of inflection at *x* = 0.

None of the other functions has a point of inflection.

#### Chapter 9

** 20 .** Let *z* be the diagonal of a square. Area of a square

Since .

Let *s* be a side of the square. Since the diagonal *z* = 4, *s* ^{2} + *s* ^{2} = *z* ^{2} or 2*s* ^{2} = 16. Thus, *s* ^{2} = 8 or .

** 21 .** See the figure below.

The graph of *g* indicates that a relative maximum occurs at *x* = 2; *g* is not differentiable at *x* = 6, since there is a *cusp* at *x* = 6, and *g* does not have a point of inflection at *x* = –2, since there is no tangent line at *x* = –2. Thus, only statement I is true.

#### Chapter 10

** 22 .**

Slope of normal line = negative reciprocal of .

Equation of normal line:

** 23 .**

Thus, the slope of the tangent at *x* = 0 is 0.

** 24 .** See the figure below.

Since *v* (*t* ) < 0 and *a* (*t* ) > 0 on , the speed of the particle is decreasing on .

** 25 .**

*a* (*t* ) = *v* ′(*t* ) = *t* ^{2} – 4*t*

See the figure below.

The graph indicates that the maximum acceleration occurs at the endpoint *t* = 6. *a* (*t* ) = *t* ^{2} – 4*t* and *a* (6) = 6^{2} – 4(6) = 12.

** 26 .**

Slope of normal = negative reciprocal of slope of tangent = – .

** 27 .**

Perpendicular tangents

Using the [*Solve* ] function on your calculator, you obtain *x* ≈ 1.37015 ≈ 1.370.

** 28 .** is on the graph.

slope of the tangent at is –1.

Equation of tangent line: *y* – 3 =

#### Chapter 11

** 29 .**

You can check the answer by differentiating your result.

** 30 .** Let *u* = *e ^{x} * + 1;

*du*=

*e*.

^{x}dx

** 31 .** See the figure below.

To find the points of intersection, set

Volume of solid

Using your calculator, you obtain: Volume of solid ≈ (0.478306)*π* ≈ 1.50264 ≈ 1.503.

#### Chapter 12

** 32 .**

** 33 .**

You can check your answer by evaluating and .

** 34 .**

** 35 .** Let *u* = 3*x* ; *du* = 3*dx* or .

Thus, the correct choice is (A).

** 36 .**

** 37 .** I.

The statement is true, since the upper and lower limits of the integrals are in sequence, i.e., *a* → *c* = *a* → *b* → *c* .

II.

The statement is not always true.

III.

The statement is true.

Thus, only statements I and III are true.

** 38 .** Since sin *t dt* , then *g* ′(*x* ) = 2 sin *x* .

Set *g* ′(*x* ) = 0 ⇒ 2 sin *x* = 0 ⇒ *x* = *π* or 2*π g″* (*x* ) = 2 cos *x* and *g″* (*π* ) = 2 cos *π* = –2 and *g″* (2*π* ) = 1.

Thus *g* has a local minimum at *x* = 2*π* . You can also approach the problem geometrically by looking at the area under the curve. See the figure below.

#### Chapter 13

** 39 .**

** 40 .**

** 41 .** To find points of intersection, set *y* = *x* ^{2} – *x* = 0

⇒ *x* (*x* – 1) = 0 ⇒ *x* = 0 or *x* = 1.

See the figure below.

** 42 .** is an odd function, i.e., *f* (*x* ) = –*f* (–*x* ). Thus the graph in choice (D) is the only odd function.

** 43 .**

** 44 .** See the figure below.

Using the [*Intersection* ] function of the calculator, you obtain the intersection points at *x* = 0.785398, 3.92699, and 7.06858.

You can also find the area by:

** 45 .** Width of a rectangle = .

Midpoints are *x* = 1, 3, and 5 and *f* (1) = 2, *f* (3) = 10, and *f* (5) = 26.

#### Chapter 14

** 46 .**

** 47 .**

** 48 .** Amount of water leaked

Using your calculator, you obtain 10(6 ln 6–5) which is approximately 57.506 gallons.

** 49 .**

** 50 .** See the figure below.

To find points of intersection, set *x* ^{2} = *x* + 2 ⇒ *x* ^{2} – *x* – 2 = 0 ⇒ *x* = 2 or *x* =–1.

Area of cross section = ((*x* + 2) – *x* ^{2} )^{2} .

Volume of solid, .

Using your calculator, you obtain: .

### 3.5 Calculate Your Score

#### Short-Answer Questions

Questions 1–50 for AP Calculus AB

#### AP Calculus AB Diagnostic Test

## STEP 3

## Develop Strategies for Success

CHAPTER **4 How to Approach Each Question Type**

## CHAPTER 4

## How to Approach Each Question Type

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary:** Knowing and applying question-answering strategies helps you succeed on tests. This chapter provides you with many test-taking tips to help you earn a 5 on the AP Calculus exam.

**Key Ideas**

Read each question carefully.

Do not linger on a question. Time yourself accordingly.

For multiple-choice questions, sometimes it is easier to work backward by trying each of the given choices. You will be able to eliminate some of the choices quickly.

For free-response questions, always show sufficient work so that your line of reasoning is clear.

Write legibly.

Always use calculus notations instead of calculator syntax.

If the question involves decimals, round your final answer to 3 decimal places unless the question indicates otherwise.

Trust your instincts. Your first approach to solving a problem is usually the correct one.

Get a good night’s sleep the night before.

### 4.1 The Multiple-Choice Questions

• There are 45 multiple-choice questions for the AP Calculus AB exam. These questions are divided into Section I–Part A, which consists of 30 questions for which the use of a calculator is not permitted; and Section I–Part B with 15 questions, for which the use of a graphing calculator is allowed. The multiple-choice questions account for 50% of the grade for the whole test.

• Do the easy questions first because all multiple-choice questions are worth the same amount of credit. You have 60 minutes for the 30 questions in Section I–Part A and 45 minutes for the 15 questions in Section I–Part B. Do not linger on any one question. Time yourself accordingly.

• There is no partial credit for multiple-choice questions, and you do not need to show work to receive credit for the correct answer.

• Read the question carefully. If there is a graph or a chart, look at it carefully. For example, be sure to know if the given graph is that of *f* (*x* ) or *f* ′(*x* ). Pay attention to the scale of the *x* and *y* axes, and the unit of measurement.

• Never leave a question blank since there is **no penalty** for incorrect answers.

• If a question involves finding the derivative of a function, you must first find the derivative, and then see if you need to do additional work to get the final answer to the question. For example, if a question asks for an equation of the tangent line to a curve at a given point, you must first find the derivative, evaluate it at the given point (which gives you the slope of the line), and then proceed to find an equation of the tangent line. For some questions, finding the derivative of a given function (or sometimes, the antiderivative), is only the first step to solving the problem. It is not the final answer to the question. You might need to do more work to get the final answer.

• Sometimes, it is easier to work backward by trying each of the given choices as the final answer. Often, you will be able to eliminate some of the given choices quickly.

• If a question involves decimal numbers, do not round until the final answer, and at that point, the final answer is usually rounded to 3 decimal places. Look at the number of decimal places of the answers in the given choices.

• Trust your instincts. Usually your first approach to solving a problem is the correct one.

### 4.2 The Free-Response Questions

• There are 6 free-response questions in Section II: Part A consisting of 2 questions which allow the use of a calculator, and Part B with 4 questions which do not permit the use of a calculator. The 6 free-response questions account for 50% of the grade for the whole test.

• Read, Read, Read. Read the question carefully. Know what information is given, what quantity is being sought, and what additional information you need to find in order to answer the question.

• Always show a sufficient amount of work so that your line of reasoning is clear. This is particularly important in determining partial credit. In general, use complete sentences to explain your reasoning. Include all graphs, charts, relevant procedures, and theorems. Clearly indicate all the important steps that you have taken in solving the problem. A correct answer with insufficient work will receive minimal credit.

• When appropriate, represent the given information in calculus notations. For example, if it is given that the volume of a cone is decreasing at 2 cm^{3} per second, write –2 cm^{3} /sec. Similarly, represent the quantity being sought in calculus notations. For example, if the question asks for the rate of change of the radius of the cone at 5 seconds, write “Find at *t* = 5 sec.”

• Do not forget to answer the question. Free-response questions tend to involve many computations. It is easy to forget to indicate the final answer. As a habit, always state the final answer as the last step in your solution, and if appropriate, include the unit of measurement in your final answer. For example, if a question asks for the area of a region, you may want to conclude your solution by stating that “The area of the region is 20 square units.”

• Do the easy questions first. Each of the 6 free-response questions is worth the same amount of credit. There is no penalty for an incorrect solution.

• Pay attention to the scales of the *x* and *y* axes, the unit of measurement, and the labeling of given charts and graphs. For example, be sure to know whether a given graph is that of *f* (*x* ) or *f* ′(*x* ).

• When finding relative extrema or points of inflection, you must show the behavior of the function that leads to your conclusion. Simply showing a sign chart is not sufficient.

• Often a question has several parts. Sometimes, in order to answer a question in one part of the question, you might need the answer to an earlier part of the question. For example, to answer the question in part (b), you might need the answer in part (a). If you are not sure how to answer part (a), make an educated guess for the best possible answer and then use this answer to solve the problem in part (b). If your solution in part (b) uses the correct approach but your final answer is incorrect, you could still receive full or almost full credit for your work.

• As with solving multiple-choice questions, trust your instincts. Your first approach to solving a problem is usually the correct one.

### 4.3 Using a Graphing Calculator

• The use of a graphing calculator is permitted in Section I–Part B multiple-choice questions and in Section II–Part A free-response questions.

• You are permitted to use the following 4 built-in capabilities of your graphing calculator to obtain an answer:

1. plotting the graph of a function

2. finding the zeros of a function

3. calculating numerically the derivative of a function

4. calculating numerically the value of a definite integral

For example, if you have to find the area of a region, you need to show a definite integral. You may then proceed to use the calculator to produce the numerical value of the definite integral without showing any supporting work. All other capabilities of your calculator can only be used to *check* your answer. For example, you may not use the built-in [*Inflection* ] function of your calculator to find points of inflection. You must use calculus showing derivatives and indicating a change of concavity.

• You may *not* use calculator syntax to substitute for calculus notations. For example, you may *not* write “Volume = ”; instead you need to write “Volume = .”

• When using a graphing calculator to solve a problem, you are required to write the setup that leads to the answer. For example, if you are finding the volume of a solid, you must write the definite integral and then use the calculator to compute the numerical value, e.g., Volume = . Simply indicating the answer without writing the integral is considered an incomplete solution, for which you would receive minimal credit (possibly 1 point) instead of full credit for a complete solution.

• Set your calculator to radian mode, and change to degree mode only if necessary.

• If you are using a TI-89 graphing calculator, clear all previous entries for variables *a* through *z* before the AP Calculus exam.

• You are permitted to store computer programs in your calculator and use them in the AP Calculus exam. Your calculator memories will not be cleared.

• Using the [*Trace* ] function to find points on a graph may not produce the required accuracy. Most graphing calculators have other built-in functions that can produce more accurate results. For example, to find the *x* -intercepts of a graph, use the [*Zero* ] function, and to find the intersection point of two curves, use the [*Intersection* ] function.

• When decimal numbers are involved, do not round until the final answer. Unless otherwise stated, your final answer should be accurate to three places after the decimal point.

• You may bring up to two calculators to the AP Calculus exam.

• Replace old batteries with new ones and make sure that the calculator is functioning properly before the exam.

### 4.4 Taking the Exam

#### What Do I Need to Bring to the Exam?

• Several Number 2 pencils.

• A good eraser and a pencil sharpener.

• Two black or blue pens.

• One or two approved graphing calculators with fresh batteries. (Be careful when you change batteries so that you don’t lose your programs.)

• A watch.

• An admissions card or a photo I.D. card if your school or the test site requires it.

• Your Social Security number.

• Your school code number if the test site is not at your school.

• A simple snack *if the test site permits it* . (Don’t eat anything you haven’t eaten before. You might have an allergic reaction.)

• A light jacket if you know that the test site has strong air conditioning.

• Do *not* bring Wite Out or scrap paper.

#### Tips for Taking the Exam

##### General Tips

• Write legibly.

• Label all diagrams.

• Organize your solution so that the reader can follow your line of reasoning.

• Use complete sentences whenever possible. Always indicate what the final answer is.

##### More Tips

• Do easy questions first.

• Write out formulas and indicate all major steps.

• Never leave a question blank, especially a multiple-choice question, since there is no penalty for incorrect answers.

• Be careful to bubble in the right grid, especially if you skip a question.

• Move on. Don’t linger on a problem too long. Make an educated guess.

• Go with your first instinct if you are unsure.

##### Still More Tips

• Indicate units of measure.

• Simplify numeric or algebraic expressions only if the question asks you to do so.

• Carry all decimal places and round only at the end.

• Round to 3 decimal places unless the question indicates otherwise.

• Watch out for different units of measure, e.g., the radius, *r* , is 2 feet, find in inches per second.

• Use calculus notations and not calculator syntax, e.g., write *∫ x* ^{2} *dx* and not *∫* (*x* ^2, *x* ).

• Use only the four specified capabilities of your calculator to get your answer: plotting graphs, finding zeros, calculating numerical derivatives, and evaluating definite integrals. All other built-in capabilities can only be used to *check* your solution.

• Answer all parts of a question from Section II even if you think your answer to an earlier part of the question might not be correct.

##### **Enough Already** … **Just 3 More Tips**

• Be familiar with the instructions for the different parts of the exam. Review the practice exams in the back of this book.

• Get a good night’s sleep the night before.

• Have a light breakfast before the exam.

## STEP 4

## Review the Knowledge You Need to Score High

CHAPTER **5 Review of Precalculus**

BIG IDEA **1: Limits**

CHAPTER **6 Limits and Continuity**

BIG IDEA **2: Derivatives**

CHAPTER **7 Differentiation**

CHAPTER **8 Graphs of Functions and Derivatives**

CHAPTER **9 Applications of Derivatives**

BIG IDEA **3: Integrals and the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus**

CHAPTER **10 More Applications of Derivatives**

CHAPTER **11 Integration**

CHAPTER **12 Definite Integrals**

CHAPTER **13 Areas and Volumes**

CHAPTER **14 More Applications of Definite Integrals**

## CHAPTER 5

## Review of Precalculus

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary:** Many questions on the AP Calculus exam require the application of precalculus concepts. In this chapter, you will be guided through a summary of these precalculus concepts including the properties of lines, inequalities, and absolute values, and the behavior of functions and inverse functions. It is important that you review this chapter thoroughly. Your ability to solve the problems here is a prerequisite to doing well on the AP Calculus AB exam.

**Key Ideas**

Writing an equation of a line

Solving inequalities

Working with functions and inverse functions

Properties of trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions

Properties of exponential and logarithmic functions

Properties of odd and even functions

Behaviors of increasing and decreasing functions

### 5.1 Lines

**Main Concepts:** Slope of a Line, Equations of a Line, Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

#### Slope of a Line

Given two points *A* (*x* _{1} , *y* _{1} ) and *B* (*x* _{2} , *y* _{2} ), the *slope* of the line passing through the two given points is defined as

Note that if (*x* _{2} – *x* _{1} ) = 0, then *x* _{2} = *x* _{1} , which implies that points *A* and *B* are on a vertical line parallel to the *y* -axis, and thus, the slope is *undefined* .

#### Example 1

Find the slope of the line passing through the points (3, 2) and (5, –4).

Using the definition , the slope of the line is .

#### Example 2

Find the slope of the line passing through the points (–5, 3) and (2, 3).

The slope . This implies that the points (–5, 3) and (2, 3) are on a horizontal line parallel to the *x* -axis.

#### Example 3

Figure 5.1-1 is a summary of four different orientations of lines and their slopes:

**Figure 5.1-1**

#### Equations of a Line

* y * =

*+*

**mx***of a line where*

**b**Slope-intercept form*m*is its slope and

*b*is the

*y*-intercept.

* y * –

*=*

**y**_{∞}*⇐*

**m****–**

*x***⇒**

*x*_{∞}*Point-slope form*of a line where

*m*is the slope and (

*x*

_{1},

*y*

_{1}) is a point on the line.

* Ax * +

*+*

**By***=*

**C****′**

*General form*of a line where

*A*,

*B*, and

*C*are constants and

*A*and

*B*are not

*both*equal to 0.

#### Example 1

Write an equation of the line through the points (–2, 1) and (3, –9).

The slope of line passing through (–2, 1) and (3, –9) is . Using the point-slope form and the point (–2, 1),

An equation of the line is *y* = –2*x* – 3.

#### Example 2

An equation of a line *l* is 2*x* + 3*y* = 12. Find the slope, the *x* -intercept, and the *y* -intercept of line *l* .

Begin by expressing the equation 2*x* + 3*y* = 12 in *slope-intercept form* .

Therefore, *m* , the slope of line *l* , is and *b* , the *y* -intercept, is 4. To find the *x* -intercept, set *y* = 0 in the original equation 2*x* + 3*y* = 12. Thus, 2*x* + 0 = 12 and *x* = 6. The *x* -intercept of line *l* is 6.

#### Example 3

Equations of *vertical* and *horizontal* lines involve only a single variable. Figure 5.1-2 shows several examples:

**Figure 5.1-2**

#### Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

Given two nonvertical lines *l* _{1} and *l* _{2} with slopes *m* _{1} and *m* _{2} , as shown in Figure 5.1-3 , respectively, they are parallel if and only if *m* _{1} = *m* _{2} .

**Figure 5.1-3**

Lines *l* _{1} and *l* _{2} are perpendicular if and only if *m* _{1} *m* _{2} = –1. (See Figure 5.1-4 .)

**Figure 5.1-4**

#### Example 1

Write an equation of the line through the point (–1, 3) and parallel to the line 3*x* – 2*y* = 6. (See Figure 5.1-5 .)

**Figure 5.1-5**

Begin by expressing 3*x* – 2*y* = 6 in *slope-intercept form.*

Therefore, the slope of the line 3*x* – 2*y* = 6 is , and the slope of the line parallel to the line 3*x* – 2*y* = 6 is also . Since the line parallel to 3*x* – 2*y* = 6 passes through the point (–1, 3), you can use the point-slope form to obtain the equation or .

#### Example 2

Write an equation of the perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining the points *A* (3, 0) and *B* (–1, 4). (See Figure 5.1-6 .)

**Figure 5.1-6**

Begin by finding the midpoint of . Midpoint . The slope of is . Therefore, the perpendicular bisector of has a slope of 1. Since the perpendicular bisector of passes through the midpoint, you could use the point-slope form to obtain *y* – 2 = 1(*x* – 1) or *y* – 2 = *x* – 1 or *y* = *x* + 1.

#### Example 3

Write an equation of the circle with center at *C* (–2, 1) and tangent to line *l* having the equation *x* + *y* = 5. (See Figure 5.1-7 .)

**Figure 5.1-7**

Let *M* be the point of tangency. Express the equation *x* + *y* = 5 in slope-intercept form to obtain *y* = –*x* + 5. Thus, the slope of line *l* is – 1. Since is a radius drawn to the point of tangency, it is perpendicular to line *l* , and the slope of is 1. Using the point-slope formula, the equation of is *y* – 1 = 1(*x* – (–2)) or *y* = *x* + 3. To find the coordinates of point *M* , solve the two equations *y* = –*x* + 5 and *y* = *x* + 3 simultaneously. Thus, –*x* + 5 = *x* + 3 which is equivalent to 2 = 2*x* or *x* = 1.

Substituting *x* = 1 into *y* = *x* + 3, you have *y* = 4. Therefore, the coordinates of *M* are (1, 4). Since is the radius of the circle, you should find the length of by using the distance formula . Thus, . Now that you know both the radius of the circle and its center, (–2, 1), use the formula (*x* – *h* )^{2} + (*y* – *k* )^{2} = *r* ^{2} to find an equation of the circle. Thus, an equation of the circle is (*x* – (–2))^{2} + (*y* – 1)^{2} = 18 or (*x* + 2)^{2} + (*y* – 1)^{2} = 18.

### 5.2 Absolute Values and Inequalities

**Main Concepts:** Absolute Values, Inequalities and the Real Number Line, Solving Absolute Value Inequalities, Solving Polynomial Inequalities, and Solving Rational Inequalities

#### Absolute Values

Let *a* and *b* be real numbers.

1.

2. |*ab* | = |*a* ||*b* |

3. |*a* – *b* | = |*b* – *a* |

4.

#### Example 1

Solve for *x* : |3*x* – 12| = 18.

Depending on whether the value of (3*x* – 12) is positive or negative, the equation |3*x* – 12| = 18 could be written as 3*x* – 12 = 18 or 3*x* – 12 = –18. Solving both equations, you have *x* = 10 and *x* = –2. (*Be sure to check both answers in the original equation.* ) The solution set for *x* is {–2, 10}.

#### Example 2

Solve for *x* : |2*x* – 12| = |4*x* + 24|.

The given equation implies that either 2*x* – 12 = 4*x* + 24 or 2*x* – 12 = –(4*x* + 24). Solving both equations, you have *x* = –18 and *x* = –2. Checking *x* = –18 with the original equation: |2(–18) – 12| = |4(–18) + 24| or |–36 – 12| = | – 72 + 24| or | – 48| = | – 48|. Checking *x* = –2 with the original equation, you have |– 16| = |16|. Thus, the solution set for *x* is {18, –2}.

#### Example 3

Solve for *x* : |11 – 3*x* | = 1 – *x* .

Depending on the value of (11 – 3*x* )—whether it is greater than or less than 0—the given equation could be written as 11 – 3*x* = 1 – *x* or 11 – 3*x* = –(1 – *x* ). Solving both equations, you have *x* = 5 and *x* = 3. Checking *x* = 5 with the original equation yields |11 – 3(5)| = 1 – 5 or | – 4| = –4, which is *not* possible. Checking *x* = 3 with the original equation shows that |11 – 3(3)| = 1 – 3 or | – 2| =–2 which is also *not* possible. Thus, the solution for *x* is the empty set { }. You could also solve the equation by using a graphing calculator.

Enter *y* _{1} = |11 – 3*x* | and *y* _{2} = 1 – *x* . The two graphs do not intersect, thus there is no common solution. (See Figure 5.2-1 .)

**Figure 5.2-1**

#### Inequalities and the Real Number Line

##### Properties of Inequalities

Let *a* , *b* , *c* , *d* , and *k* be real numbers:

1. **If a ** <

**<**

*b*and*b***<**

*c*, then*a***For example, –7 < 2 and 2 < 5 ⇒ –7 < 5.**

*c*.2. **If a ** <

**<**

*b*and*c***+**

*d*, then*a***<**

*c***+**

*b***For example, 5 < 7 and 3 < 6 ⇒ 5 + 3 < 7 + 6.**

*d*.3. **If a ** <

**>**

*b*and*k***0, then**<

*ak***For example, 3 < 5 and 2 > 0 ⇒ 3(2) < 5(2).**

*bk*.4. **If a ** <

**<**

*b*and*k***0, then**>

*ak***For example, 3 < 5 and –2 < 0 ⇒ 3(–2) > 5(–2).**

*bk*.#### Example 1

Solve the inequality 6 – 2*x* ≤ 18 and sketch the solution on the real number line.

Solving the inequality 6 – 2*x* ≤ 18 gives

Therefore, the solution set is the interval [–6, ∞) or, by expressing the solution set in set notation, {*x* |*x* ≥ –6}.

#### Example 2

Solve the double inequality –15 ≤ 3*x* + 6 < 9 and sketch the solution on the real number line.

Solving the double inequality –15 ≤ 3*x* + 6 < 9 gives

Therefore, the solution set is the interval [–7, 1) or, by expressing the solution in set notation: {*x* | – 7 ≤ *x* < 1}.

#### Example 3

Here is a summary of the different types of intervals on a number line:

#### Solving Absolute Value Inequalities

Let *a* be a real number such that *a* ≥ 0.

|*x* | ≥ ** a ⇔ (x ** ≥

**≤ –**

*a*or*x***|**

*a*) and**| >**

*x***>**

*a*⇔ (*x***<**

*a*or*x*

*a*)|*x* ≤ ** a ⇔ (** –

**≤**

*a***≤**

*x***|**

*a*) and**| <**

*x***–**

*a*⇔ (**<**

*a***<**

*x*

*a*)#### Example 1

Solve the inequality |3*x* – 6| ≤ 15 and sketch the solution on the real number line.

The given inequality is equivalent to

Therefore, the solution set is the interval [–3, 7] or, in set notation, {*x* | – 3 ≤ *x* ≤ 7}.

#### Example 2

Solve the inequality |2*x* + 1| > 9 and sketch the solution on the real number line.

The inequality |2*x* + 1| > 9 implies that

Solving the two inequalities in the above line, you have *x* > 4 or *x* < –5. Therefore, the solution set is the union of the two disjoint intervals (*x* > 4) ∪ (*x* < –5) or, by writing the solution in set notation, {*x* |(*x* > 4) or (*x* < –5)}.

#### Example 3

Solve the inequality |1 – 2*x* | ≤ 7 and sketch the solution on the real number line.

The inequality |1 – 2*x* | ≤ 7 implies that

Therefore, the solution set is the interval [–3, 4] or, by writing the solution in set notation, {*x* | – 3 ≤ *x* ≤ 4}. (See Figure 5.2-2 .)

**Figure 5.2-2**

*Note* : You can solve an absolute value inequality by using a graphing calculator. For instance, in Example 3, enter *y* _{1} = |1 – 2*x* | and *y* _{2} = 7. The graphs intersect at *x* = –3 and 4, and *y* _{1} is below *y* _{2} on the interval (–3, 4). Since the inequality is ≤, the solution set is [–3, 4].

#### Solving Polynomial Inequalities

1. Write the given inequality in standard form with the polynomial on the left and zero on the right.

2. Factor the polynomial, if possible.

3. Find all zeros of the polynomials.

4. Using the zeros on a number line, determine the test intervals.

5. Select an *x* -value from each interval and substitute it in the polynomial.

6. Check the *endpoints* of each interval with the inequality.

7. Write the solution to the inequality.

#### Example 1

Solve the inequality *x* ^{2} – 3*x* ≥ 4.

1. Write in standard form: *x* ^{2} – 3*x* – 4 ≥ 0

2. Factor the polynomial: (*x* – 4)(*x* + 1)

3. Find zeros: (*x* – 4)(*x* + 1) = 0 implies that *x* = 4 and *x* = –1.

4. Determine intervals:

5. Select an *x* -value in each interval and evaluate the polynomial at that value:

Therefore the intervals (–∞, –1) and (4, ∞) make (*x* – 4)(*x* + 1) > 0.

6. Check endpoints: Since the inequality *x* ^{2} – 3*x* – 4 ≥ 0 is greater than or equal to 0, both endpoints *x* = –1 and *x* = 4 are included in the solution.

7. Write the solution: The solution is (–∞, –1] ∪ [4, ∞). (See Figure 5.2-3 .)

**Figure 5.2-3**

*Note* : The inequality *x* ^{2} – 3*x* ≥ 4 could have been solved by using a graphing calculator. Enter *y* _{1} = *x* ^{2} – 3*x* and *y* _{2} = 4. The graph of *y* _{1} is above *y* _{2} on (–∞, –1) and (4, ∞). Since the inequality is ≥, the solution set is (–∞, –1] and [4, ∞).

#### Example 2

Solve the inequality *x* ^{3} – 9*x* < 0, using a graphing calculator. (See Figure 5.2-4 .)

**Figure 5.2-4**

1. Enter *y* = *x* ^{3} – 8*x* into your graphing calculator.

2. Find the zeros of *y* : *x* = –3, 0, and 3.

3. Determine the intervals on which *y* < 0: (–∞, –3) and (0, 3).

4. Check whether the endpoints satisfy the inequality. Since the inequality is strictly less than 0, the endpoints are not included in the solution.

5. Write the solution to the inequality. The solution is (–∞, –3) ∪ (0, 3).

#### Example 3

Solve the inequality *x* ^{3} – 9*x* < 0 algebraically.

1. Write in standard form: *x* ^{3} – 9*x* < 0 is already in standard form.

2. Factor the polynomial: *x* (*x* – 3)(*x* + 3)

3. Find zeros: *x* (*x* – 3)(*x* + 3) = 0 implies that *x* = 0, *x* = 3, and *x* = –3.

4. Determine the intervals:

5. Select an *x* -value and evaluate the polynomial:

Therefore, the intervals (–∞, –3) and (0, 3) make *x* (*x* – 3)(*x* + 3) < 0.

6. Check the endpoints: Since the inequality *x* ^{3} – 9*x* < 0 is strictly less than 0, none of the endpoints *x* = –3, 0, and 3 are included in the solution.

7. Write the solution: The solution is (–∞, –3) ∪ (0, 3).

#### Solving Rational Inequalities

1. Rewrite the given inequality so that all the terms are on the left and only zero is on the right.

2. Find the least common denominator, and combine all the terms on the left into *a single fraction* .

3. Factor the numerator and the denominator, if possible.

4. Find all *x* -values for which the numerator or the denominator is zero.

5. Putting these *x* -values on a number line, determine the test intervals.

6. Select an *x* -value from each interval and substitute it in the fraction.

7. Check the *endpoints* of each interval with the inequality.

8. Write the solution to the inequality.

#### Example 1

Solve the inequality .

1. Rewrite:

2. Combine:

3. Set the numerator and denominator equal to 0 and solve for *x* : *x* = 2 and 3.

4. Determine intervals:

5. Select an *x* -value and evaluate the fraction:

Therefore, the interval (2, 3) makes the fraction < 0.

6. Check the endpoints: At *x* = 3, the fraction is undefined. Thus the only endpoint is *x* = 2. Since the inequality is less than or equal to 0, *x* = 2 is included in the solution.

7. Write the solution: The solution is the interval [2, 3).

#### Example 2

Solve the inequality by using a graphing calculator. (See Figure 5.2-5 .)

**Figure 5.2-5**

1. Enter and *y* _{2} = 1.

2. Find the intersection points: *x* = 2. (Note that at *x* = 3, *y* _{1} is undefined.)

3. Determine the intervals on which *y* _{1} is below *y* _{2} : The interval is (2, 3).

4. Check whether the endpoints satisfy the inequality. Since the inequality is less than or equal to 1, the endpoint at *x* = 2 is included in the solution.

5. Write the solution to the inequality. The solution is the interval [2, 3).

#### Example 3

Solve the inequality by using a graphing calculator. (See Figure 5.2-6 .)

**Figure 5.2-6**

1. Enter and *y* _{2} = *x* .

2. Find the intersection points: *x* = –1 and *x* = 1. (Note that at *x* = 0, *y* _{1} is undefined.)

3. Determine the intervals on which *y* _{1} ≥ *y* _{2} . The intervals are (–∞, –1) and (0, 1).

4. Check whether the endpoints satisfy the inequality: Since the inequality is greater than or equal to *x* , the endpoints at *x* = –1 and *x* = 1 are included in the solution.

5. Write the solution to the inequality. The solution is the interval (–∞, –1] ∪ (0, 1].

### 5.3 Functions

**Main Concepts:** Definition of a Function, Operations on Functions, Inverse Functions, Trigonometric and Inverse Trigonometric Functions, Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

#### Definition of a Function

A function *f* is a set of ordered pairs (*x* , *y* ) in which for every *x* coordinate there is *one and only one* corresponding *y* coordinate. We write *f* (*x* ) = *y* . The domain of *f* is the set of all possible values of *x* , and the range of *f* is the set of all values of *y* .

##### The Vertical Line Test

If all vertical lines pass through the graph of an equation at no more than one point, then the equation is a function.

#### Example 1

Given , sketch the graph of the equation, determine if the equation is a function, and find the domain and range of the equation. (See Figure 5.3-1 .)

**Figure 5.3-1**

Since the graph of passes the vertical line test, the equation is a function. Let *y* = *f* (*x* ). The expression implies that 9 – *x* ^{2} ≥ 0. By inspection, note that –3 ≤ *x* ≤ 3. Thus the domain is [–3, 3]. Since *f* (*x* ) is defined for all values of *x* ∈ [–3, 3] and *f* (–3) = 0 is the minimum value and *f* (0) = 3 is the maximum value, the range of *f* (*x* ) is [0, 3].

#### Example 2

Given *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} – 4*x* , find *f* (–3), *f* (–*x* ), and .

#### Operations on Functions

Let *f* and *g* be two given functions. Then for all *x* in the intersection of the domains of *f* and *g* , the *sum* , *difference* , *product* , and *quotient* of *f* and *g* , respectively, are defined as follows:

The composition of *f* with *g* is (*f* ∘ *g* )(*x* ) = *f* (*g* (*x* )), where the domain of *f* ∘ *g* is the set containing all *x* in the domain of *g* for which *g* (*x* ) is in the domain of *f* .

#### Example 1

Given *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} – 4 and *g* (*x* ) = *x* – 5, find

(a) (*f* ∘ *g* )(–1)

(b) (*g* ∘ *f* )(–1)

(c) (*f* + *g* )(–3)

(d) (*f* – *g* )(1)

(e) (*fg* )(2)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(a) (*f* ∘ *g* )(*x* ) = *f* (*g* (*x* )) = *f* (*x* – 5) = (*x* – 5)^{2} – 4 = *x* ^{2} – 10*x* + 21.

Thus (*f* ∘ *g* )(–1) = (–1)^{2} – 10(–1) + 21 = 1 + 10 + 21 = 32.

Or (*f* ∘ *g* )(–1) = *f* (*g* (–1)) = *f* (–6) = 32.

(b) (*g* ∘ *f* )(*x* ) = *g* (*f* (*x* )) = *g* (*x* ^{2} – 4) = (*x* ^{2} – 4) – 5 = *x* ^{2} – 9.

Thus (*g* ∘ *f* )(–1) = (–1)^{2} – 9 = 1 – 9 = –8.

(c) (*f* + *g* )(*x* ) = (*x* ^{2} – 4) + (*x* – 5) = *x* ^{2} + *x* – 9. Thus (*f* + *g* )(–3) = –3.

(d) (*f* – *g* )(*x* ) = (*x* ^{2} – 4) – (*x* – 5) = *x* ^{2} – *x* + 1. Thus (*f* – *g* )(1) = 1.

(e) (*fg* )(*x* ) = (*x* ^{2} – 4)(*x* – 5) = *x* ^{3} – 5*x* ^{2} – 4*x* + 20. Thus (*fg* )(2) = 0.

(f) . Thus .

(g) Since *g* (5) = 0, *x* = 5 is *not* in the domain of and is *undefined* .

(h) or –2. Thus .

#### Example 2

Given and

(a) find and indicate its domain and

(b) find and indicate its domain.

(a)

The domain of *h* (*x* ) is [0, ∞), and the domain of *k* (*x* ) is [–3, 3].

The intersection of the two domains is [0, 3]. However, *k* (3) = 0.

Therefore the domain of is [0, 3).

Note that is not equivalent to outside of the domain [0, 3).

(b)

The intersection of the two domains is [0, 3]. However, *h* (0) = 0.

Therefore the domain of is (0, 3].

#### Example 3

Given the graphs of functions *f* (*x* ) and *g* (*x* ) in Figures 5.3-2 and 5.3-3 ,

**Figure 5.3-2**

**Figure 5.3-3**

find:

(a) (*f* + *g* )(1)

(b) (*fg* )(0)

(c)

(d) *f* (*g* (3))

(a) (*f* + *g* )(1) = *f* (1) + *g* (1) = 3

(b) (*fg* )(0) = *f* (0)*g* (0) = 3(0) = 0

(c) undefined

(d) *f* (*g* (3)) = *f* (1) = 1

#### Inverse Functions

Given a function *f* , the inverse of *f* (if it exists) is a function *g* such that *f* (*g* (*x* )) = *x* for every *x* in the domain of *g* and *g* (*f* (*x* )) = *x* for every *x* in the domain of *f* . The function *g* is written as *f* ^{–1} . Thus, *f* (*f* ^{–1} (*x* )) = *x* and *f* ^{–1} (*f* (*x* )) = *x* . The graphs of *f* and *f* ^{–1} in Figure 5.3-4 are *reflections* of each other in the line *y* = *x* . The point (*a* , *b* ) is on the graph of *f* if and only if the point (*b* , *a* ) is on the graph of *f* ^{–1} .

**Figure 5.3-4**

A function *f* is *one-to-one* if for any two points *x* _{1} and *x* _{2} in the domain such that *x* _{1} ≠ *x* _{2} , then *f* (*x* _{1} ) ≠ *f* (*x* _{2} ).

#### Equivalent Statements

Given a function *f* :

1. The function *f* has an inverse.

2. The function *f* is one-to-one.

3. Every horizontal line passes through the graph of *f* no more than once.

4. The function *f* is monotonic—strictly increasing or decreasing.

To find the inverse of a function *f* :

1. Check if *f* has an inverse, that is, if *f* is one-to-one or passes the horizontal line test.

2. Replace *f* (*x* ) by *y* .

3. Interchange the variables *x* and *y* .

4. Solve for *y* .

5. Replace *y* by *f* ^{–1} (*x* ).

6. Indicate the domain of *f* ^{–1} (*x* ) as the range of *f* (*x* ).

7. Verify *f* ^{–1} (*x* ) by checking if *f* (*f* ^{–1} (*x* )) = *f* ^{–1} (*f* (*x* )) = *x* .

#### Example 1

Given the graph of *f* (*x* ) in Figure 5.3-5 , find:

(a) *f* ^{–1} (0)

(b) *f* ^{–1} (1)

(c) *f* ^{–1} (3)

**Figure 5.3-5**

(a) By inspection, *f* (3) = 0. Thus, *f* ^{–1} (0) = 3.

(b) Since *f* (1) = 1, thus, *f* ^{–1} (1) = 1.

(c) Since *f* (0) = 3, therefore *f* ^{–1} (3) = 0.

#### Example 2

Determine if the given functions have an inverse:

(a) *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} + *x* – 2

(b) *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} – 2*x* + 1

(a) By inspection, the graph of *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} + *x* – 2 in Figure 5.3-6 is strictly increasing, which implies that *f* (*x* ) is one-to-one. (You could also use the horizontal line test.) Therefore, *f* (*x* ) has an inverse function.

**Figure 5.3-6**

(b) By inspection, the graph of *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} – 2*x* + 1 in Figure 5.3-7 fails the horizontal line test. Thus, *f* (*x* ) has no inverse function.

**Figure 5.3-7**

#### Example 3

Find the inverse function of . (See Figure 5.3-8 .)

**Figure 5.3-8**

1. Since *f* (*x* ) is a strictly increasing function, the inverse function exists.

2. Let *y* = *f* (*x* ). Thus, .

3. Interchange *x* and *y* . You have .

4. Solve for *y* . Thus, .

5. Replace *y* by *f* ^{–1} (*x* ). You have .

6. Since the range of *f* (*x* ) is [0, ∞), the domain of *f* ^{–1} (*x* ) is [0, ∞).

7. Verify *f* ^{–1} (*x* ) by checking:

Since *x* > 0, ,

#### Trigonometric and Inverse Trigonometric Functions

There are six basic trigonometric functions and six inverse trigonometric functions. Their graphs are illustrated in Figures 5.3-9 to 5.3-20 .

**Figure 5.3-9**

**Figure 5.3-10**

**Figure 5.3-11**

**Figure 5.3-12**

**Figure 5.3-13**

**Figure 5.3-14**

**Figure 5.3-15**

**Figure 5.3-16**

**Figure 5.3-17**

**Figure 5.3-18**

**Figure 5.3-19**

**Figure 5.3-20**

Formulas for using a calculator to get sec^{–1} *x* , csc^{–1} *x* , and cot^{–1} *x* :

sec^{–1} *x* = cos^{–1} (1/*x* )

csc^{–1} *x* = sin^{–1} (1/*x* )

cot^{–1} *x* = *π* /2 – tan^{–1} *x*

#### Example 1

Sketch the graph of the function *y* = 3 sin 2*x* . Indicate its domain, range, amplitude, period, and frequency.

The domain is all real numbers. The range is [–3, 3]. The amplitude is 3, which is the coefficient of sin 2*x* . The frequency is 2, the coefficient of *x* , and the period is (2*π* )÷ (the frequency), thus 2*π* ÷ 2 = *π* . See Figure 5.3-21 .

**Figure 5.3-21**

#### Example 2

Solve the equation cos *x* = –0.5 if 0 ≤ *x* ≤ 2*π* .

Note that cos (*π* /3) = 0.5 and that the cosine is negative in the second and third quadrants. Since cos *x* = –0.5, *x* must be in the second or third quadrant with a reference angle of *π* /3. In the second quadrant, *x* =*π* –(*π* /3)=2*π* /3 and in the third quadrant, *x* =*π* + (*π* /3)=4*π* /3. Thus *x* = 2*π* /3 or 4*π* /3. See Figure 5.3-22 .

**Figure 5.3-22**

#### Example 3

Evaluate tan^{–1} (3).

Using your graphing calculator, enter tan^{–1} (3). The result is 1.2490457724. Note that the range of tan^{–1} *x* is (–*π* /2, *π* /2) and –*π* /2 ≤ 1.2490457724 ≤ *π* /2. Thus tan^{–1} (3) ≈ 1.2490457724.

#### Example 4

Evaluate sin .

Note that , and thus, Or you could use a calculator and

enter and get 0.5.

#### Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

Exponential function with base *a* : *f* (*x* ) = *a* ^{ x } where *a* > 0 and *a* ≠ 1.

Domain: {all real numbers}. Range: {*y* |*y* > 0}. *y* -Intercept: (0, 1). Horizontal asymptote: *x* -axis. Behavior: strictly increasing. See Figure 5.3-23 .

**Figure 5.3-23**

#### Properties of Exponents

Given *a* > 0, *b* > 0, and *x* and *y* are real numbers, then

Logarithmic function with base *a* : *y* = log* _{a} x* if and only if

*a*

^{ y }=

*x*where

*x*> 0,

*a*> 0, and

*a*≠ 1. See Figure 5.3-24 .

**Figure 5.3-24**

Domain: {*x* |*x* > 0}. Range: {all real numbers}. *x* -Intercept: (1, 0). Vertical asymptote: *y* -axis. Behavior: strictly increasing.

Note that *y* = log* _{a} x* and

*y*=

*a*

^{ x }are inverse functions (that is, log

*(*

_{a}*a*

^{ x }) =

*a*

^{log a x }=

*x*). See Figure 5.3-25 .

**Figure 5.3-25**

#### Properties of Logarithms

Given that *x* , *y* , and *a* are positive numbers with *a* ≠ 1 and *n* is a real number, then

Note that log* _{a} * 1 = 0, log

*= 1, and log*

_{a}a

_{a}a^{ x }=

*x*.

##### **The Natural Base ***e*

*e*

*e* ≈ 2.71828182846 …

The expression approaches the number *e* as *x* gets larger and larger. An equivalent expression is (1 + *h* )^{1/h } . The expression (1 + *h* )^{1/h } also approaches *e* as *h* approaches 0.

##### **Exponential Function with Base ***e* : *f(x)* = *e*^{x}

*e*:

*f(x)*=

*e*

^{x}The Natural Logarithmic Function: *f* (*x* ) = ln *x* = log* _{e} x* where

*x*> 0.

Note that *y* = *e* ^{ x } and *y* = ln *x* are inverse functions: *e* ^{ln x } = ln *e* ^{ x } = *x* . Also note that *e* ^{0} = 1, ln 1 = 0, and ln *e* = 1. See Figure 5.3-26 .

**Figure 5.3-26**

##### Properties of the Natural Logarithmic and Exponential Functions

Given *x* and *y* are real numbers, then

##### Change of Base Formula

where *a* > 0 and *a* ≠ 1

#### Example 1

Sketch the graph of *f* (*x* ) = ln(*x* – 2). Note that the domain of *f* (*x* ) is {*x* |*x* > 2} and that *f* (3) = ln(1) = 0; thus, the *x* -intercept is 3. See Figure 5.3-27 .

**Figure 5.3-27**

#### Example 2

Evaluate:

(a) log_{2} 8

(b)

(c) ln *e* ^{5}

(a) Let *n* = log_{2} 8 and thus 2^{ n } = 8 = 2^{3} . Therefore *n* = 3.

(b) Let *n* = , and thus . Therefore, *n* = –2.

(c) You know that *y* = *e* ^{ x } and *y* = ln *x* are inverse functions. Thus, ln *e* ^{5} = 5.

#### Example 3

Express ln(*x* (2*x* + 5)^{3} ) as the sum and multiplication of logarithms.

ln(*x* (2*x* + 5)^{3} ) = ln *x* + ln(2*x* + 5)^{3} = ln *x* + 3 ln(2*x* + 5)

#### Example 4

Solve 2*e* ^{ x +1} = 18 to the nearest thousandth.

2*e* ^{ x +1} = 18

*e* ^{ x +1} = 9

ln(*e* ^{ x +1} ) = ln 9

*x* + 1 = ln 9

*x* = 1.197

#### Example 5

Solve 3 ln 2*x* = 12 to the nearest thousandth.

3 ln 2*x* = 12

ln 2*x* = 4

*e* ^{ln 2x } = *e* ^{4}

2*x* = *e* ^{4}

### 5.4 Graphs of Functions

**Main Concepts:** Increasing and Decreasing Functions; Intercepts and Zeros; Odd and Even Functions; Shifting, Reflecting, and Stretching Graphs

#### Increasing and Decreasing Functions

Given a function *f* defined on an interval:

• *f* is increasing on an interval if *f* (*x* _{1} ) < *f* (*x* _{2} ) whenever *x* _{1} < *x* _{2} for any *x* _{1} and *x* _{2} in the interval.

• *f* is decreasing on an interval if *f* (*x* _{1} ) > *f* (*x* _{2} ) whenever *x* _{1} < *x* _{2} for any *x* _{1} and *x* _{2} in the interval.

• *f* is constant on an interval if *f* (*x* _{1} ) = *f* (*x* _{2} ) for any *x* _{1} and *x* _{2} in the interval.

A function value *f* (*c* ) is called a *relative minimum* of *f* if there exists an interval (*a* , *b* ) in the domain of *f* containing *c* such that *f* (*c* ) ≤ *f* (*x* ) for all *x* ∈ (*a* , *b* ).

A function value *f* (*c* ) is called a *relative maximum* of *f* if there exists an interval (*a* , *b* ) in the domain of *f* containing *c* such that *f* (*c* ) ≥ *f* (*x* ) for all *x* ∈ (*a* , *b* ).

See Figure 5.4-1 .

**Figure 5.4-1**

See the following examples. Using your graphing calculator, determine the intervals over which the given function is increasing, decreasing, or constant. Indicate any relative minimum and maximum values of the function.

#### Example 1

*f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} – 3*x* + 2

The function *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} – 3*x* + 2 is increasing on (–∞, –1) and (1, ∞) and decreasing on (–1, 1). A relative minimum value of the function is 0, occurring at the point (1, 0), and a relative maximum value of 4 is located at the point (–1, 4). See Figure 5.4-2 .

**Figure 5.4-2**

#### Example 2

*g* (*x* ) = (*x* – 1)^{3}

Note that *g* (*x* ) = (*x* – 1)^{3} is increasing for the entire domain (–∞, ∞) and it has no relative minimum or relative maximum values. See Figure 5.4-3 .

**Figure 5.4-3**

#### Example 3

The function *f* is decreasing on the intervals (–∞,2) and (2, ∞), and it has no relative minimum or relative maximum values. See Figure 5.4-4 .

**Figure 5.4-4**

#### Intercepts and Zeros

Given a function *f* , if *f* (*a* ) = 0, then the point (*a* ,0) is an *x* -intercept of the graph of the function, and the number *a* is called a *zero* of the function.

If *f* (0) = *b* , then *b* is the *y* -intercept of the graph of the function. See Figure 5.4-5 .

**Figure 5.4-5**

Note that to find the *x* -intercepts or zeros of a function, you should set *f* (*x* ) = 0; and to find the *y* -intercept, let *x* be 0 (i.e., find *f* (0)).

In the examples below, find the *x* -intercepts, *y* -intercept, and zeros of the given function if they exist.

#### Example 1

*f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} – 4*x*

Using your graphing calculator, note that the *x* -intercepts are –2, 0, and 2, and the *y* -intercept is 0. The zeros of *f* are –2, 0, and 2. See Figure 5.4-6 .

**Figure 5.4-6**

#### Example 2

*f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} – 2*x* + 4

Using your calculator, you see that the *y* -intercept is (0, 4) and the function *f* has no *x* -intercept or zeros. See Figure 5.4-7 .

**Figure 5.4-7**

#### Odd and Even Functions

A function *f* is an even function if *f* (–*x* ) = *f* (*x* ) for all *x* in the domain. The graph of an even function is symmetrical with respect to the *y* -axis. If a point (*a* , *b* ) is on the graph, so is the point (–*a* , *b* ). If a function is a polynomial with only even powers, then it is an even function. See Figure 5.4-8 .

**Figure 5.4-8**

A function *f* is an odd function if *f* (–*x* ) = – *f* (*x* ) for all *x* in the domain. The graph of an odd function is symmetrical with respect to the origin. If a point (*a* , *b* ) is on the graph, so is the point (–*a* , –*b* ). If a function is a polynomial with only odd powers and a zero constant, then it is an odd function. See Figure 5.4-9 .

**Figure 5.4-9**

For the following examples, determine if the given functions are even, odd, or neither.

#### Example 1

*f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{4} – *x* ^{2}

Begin by examining *f* (–*x* ). Since *f* (–*x* ) = (–*x* )^{4} – (–*x* )^{2} = *x* ^{4} – *x* ^{2} , *f* (–*x* ) = *f* (*x* ). Therefore, *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{4} – *x* ^{2} is an even function. Or, using your graphing calculator, you see that the graph of *f* (*x* ) is symmetrical with respect to the *y* -axis. Thus, *f* (*x* ) is an even function. Or, since *f* has only even powers, it is an even function. See Figure 5.4-10 .

**Figure 5.4-10**

#### Example 2

*g* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} + *x*

Examine *g* (–*x* ). Note that *g* (–*x* ) = (–*x* )^{3} + (–*x* ) = –*x* ^{3} – *x* = –*g* (*x* ). Therefore, *g* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} + *x* is an odd function. Or, looking at the graph of *g* (*x* ) in your calculator, you see that the graph is symmetrical with respect to the origin. Therefore, *g* (*x* ) is an odd function. Or, since *g* (*x* ) has only odd powers and a zero constant, it is an odd function. See Figure 5.4-11 .

**Figure 5.4-11**

#### Example 3

*h* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} + 1

Examine *h* (–*x* ). Since *h* (–*x* ) = (–*x* )^{3} + 1 = –*x* ^{3} + 1, *h* (–*x* ) ≠ *h* (*x* ) which indicates that *h* (*x* ) is not even. Also, –*h* (*x* ) = –*x* ^{3} – 1; therefore, *h* (–*x* ) ≠ – *h* (*x* ) which implies that *h* (*x* ) is not odd. Using your calculator, you notice that the graph of *h* (*x* ) is not symmetrical with respect to the *y* -axis or the origin. Thus, *h* (*x* ) is neither even nor odd. See Figure 5.4-12 .

**Figure 5.4-12**

#### Shifting, Reflecting, and Stretching Graphs

##### Vertical and Horizontal Shifts

Given *y* = *f* (*x* ) and *a* > 0, the graph of *y* = *f* (*x* ) + *a* is a vertical shift of the graph of *y* = *f* (*x* ) by *a* units upward. And *y* = *f* (*x* ) – *a* is a vertical shift of the graph of *y* = *f* (*x* ) by *a* units downward. See Figure 5.4-13 .

**Figure 5.4-13**

*y* = *f* (*x* – *a* ) is a horizontal shift of the graph of *y* = *f* (*x* ) by *a* units to the right. *y* = *f* (*x* + *a* ) is a horizontal shift of the graph of *y* = *f* (*x* ) by *a* units to the left. See Figure 5.4-14 .

**Figure 5.4-14**

##### **Reflections About the ***x* -Axis, *y* -Axis, and the Origin

*x*-Axis,

*y*-Axis, and the Origin

Given *y* = *f* (*x* ), then the graph of *y* = – *f* (*x* ) is a reflection of the graph of *y* = *f* (*x* ) about the *x* -axis. See Figure 5.4-15 .

**Figure 5.4-15**

The graph of *y* = *f* (–*x* ) is a reflection of the graph of *y* = *f* (*x* ) about the *y* -axis. See Figure 5.4-16 .

**Figure 5.4-16**

The graph of *y* = – *f* (–*x* ) is a reflection of the graph of *y* = *f* (*x* ) about the origin. See Figure 5.4-17 .

**Figure 5.4-17**

#### Stretching Graphs

Given *y* = *f* (*x* ), the graph of *y* = *af* (*x* ), where *a* > 1 is a vertical stretch of the graph of *y* = *f* (*x* ), and *y* = *af* (*x* ), where 0 < *a* < 1 is a vertical shrink of the graph of *y* = *f* (*x* ). See Figure 5.4-18 .

**Figure 5.4-18**

#### Example 1

Sketch the graphs of the given functions and verify your results with your graphing calculator: *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} , *g* (*x* ) = 2*x* ^{2} , and *p* (*x* ) = (*x* – 3)^{2} + 2.

Note that *g* (*x* ) is a vertical stretch of *f* (*x* ) and that *p* (*x* ) is a horizontal shift of *f* (*x* ) by 3 units to the right followed by a vertical shift of 2 units upward. See Figure 5.4-19 .

**Figure 5.4-19**

#### Example 2

Figure 5.4-20 contains the graphs of *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} , *h* (*x* ), and *g* (*x* ). Find an equation for *h* (*x* ) and an equation for *g* (*x* ). See Figure 5.4-20 .

**Figure 5.4-20**

The graph of *h* (*x* ) is a horizontal shift of the graph of *f* (*x* ) by 1 unit to the right. Therefore, *h* (*x* ) = (*x* – 1)^{3} . The graph of *g* (*x* ) is a reflection of the graph of *f* (*x* ) about the *x* -axis followed by a vertical shift of 2 units upward. Thus, *g* (*x* ) = –*x* ^{3} + 2.

#### Example 3

Given *f* (*x* ) as shown in Figure 5.4-21 , sketch the graphs of *f* (*x* – 2), *f* (*x* ) + 1, and 2 *f* (*x* ).

**Figure 5.4-21**

Note that (a) *f* (*x* – 2) is a horizontal shift of *f* (*x* ) by 2 units to the right, (b) *f* (*x* ) + 1 is a vertical shift of *f* (*x* ) by 1 unit upward, and (c) 2*f* (*x* ) is a vertical stretch of *f* (*x* ) by a factor of 2. See Figure 5.4-22 .

**Figure 5.4-22**

### 5.5 Rapid Review

1. If line *l* is parallel to the line *y* – 3*x* = 2, find *m _{l} * , the slope of line

*l*.

*Answer: m _{l} * = 3

2. If line *l* is perpendicular to the line 2*y* + *x* = 6, find *m _{l} * .

*Answer: m _{l} * = 2

3. If *x* ^{2} + *y* = 9, find the *x* -intercepts and *y* -intercept.

*Answer:* The *x* -intercepts are ±3 (by setting *y* = 0), and the *y* -intercept is 9 (by setting *x* = 0).

4. Simplify (a) ln(*e* ^{3x } ) and (b) *e* ^{ln(2x )} .

*Answer:* Since *y* = ln *x* and *y* = *e* ^{ x } are inverse functions, ln(*e* ^{3x } ) = 3*x* and *e* ^{ln(2x )} = 2*x* .

5. Simplify ln .

*Answer:* Since ln = ln(*a* ) – ln(*b* ), ln = ln(1) – ln *x* = – ln *x* .

6. Simplify ln (*x* ^{3} ).

*Answer:* Since ln(*a* ^{ b } ) = *b* ln *a* , ln(*x* ^{3} ) = 3 ln *x* .

7. Solve the inequality *x* ^{2} – 4*x* > 5, using your calculator.

*Answer:* Let *y* _{1} = *x* ^{2} – 4*x* and *y* _{2} = 5. Look at the graph and see where *y* _{1} is above *y* _{2} .

Solution is {*x* : *x* < –1 or *x* > 5}. See Figure 5.5-1 .

**Figure 5.5-1**

8. Evaluate , and .

*Answer:* , and .

9.

*Answer:* The domain of *f* is {*x* : |*x* | ≥ 1 and *x* ≠ 2}.

10. Is the function *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{4} – *x* ^{2} even, odd, or neither?

*Answer: f* (*x* ) is an even function since the exponents of *x* are all even.

### 5.6 Practice Problems

#### Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed.

1 . Write an equation of a line passing through the point (–2, 5) and parallel to the line 3*x* – 4*y* + 12 = 0.

2 . The vertices of a triangle are *A* (–2, 0), *B* (0, 6), and *C* (4, 0). Find an equation of a line containing the median from vertex *A* to .

3 . Write an equation of a circle whose center is at (2, –3) and tangent to the line *y* = –1.

4 . Solve for *x* : |*x* – 2| = 2*x* + 5.

5 . Solve the inequality |6 – 3*x* | < 18 and sketch the solution on the real number line.

6 . Given *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} + 3*x* , find in simplest form.

7 . Determine which of the following equations represent *y* as a function of *x* :

(1) *xy* = –8

(2) 4*x* ^{2} + 9*y* ^{2} = 36

(3) 3*x* ^{2} – *y* = 1

(4) *y* ^{2} – *x* ^{2} = 4

8 . If *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} and , find (*f* ∘ *g* )(*x* ) and indicate its domain.

9 . Given the graphs of *f* and *g* in Figures 5.6-1 and 5.6-2 , evaluate:

(1) (*f* – *g* )(2)

(2) (*f* ∘ *g* )(1)

(3) (*g* ∘ *f* )(0)

**Figure 5.6-1**

**Figure 5.6-2**

10 . Find the inverse of the function *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} + 1.

11 . Sketch the graph of the equation in the interval –2*π* ≤ *x* ≤ 2*π* and indicate the amplitude, frequency, and period.

12 . On the same set of axes, sketch the graphs of:

(1) *y* = ln *x*

(2) *y* = ln(–*x* )

(3) *y* = – ln(*x* + 3)

#### Part B—Calculators are permitted.

13 . Solve the inequality |2*x* + 4| ≤ 10.

14 . Solve the inequality *x* ^{3} – 2*x* > 1.

15 . Evaluate .

16 . Solve for *x* to the nearest thousandth: *e* ^{2x } – 6*e* ^{ x } + 5 = 0.

17 . Solve for *x* to the nearest thousandth: 3 ln 2*x* – 3 = 12.

18 . Solve the inequality .

19 . Determine if the function *f* (*x* ) = –2*x* ^{4} + *x* ^{2} + 5 is even, odd, or neither.

20 . Given the function *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{4} – 4*x* ^{3} , determine the intervals over which the function is increasing, decreasing, or constant. Find all zeros of *f* (*x* ), and indicate any relative minimum and maximum values of the function.

### 5.7 Cumulative Review Problems

21 . Given a linear function *y* = *f* (*x* ), with *f* (2) = 4 and *f* (–4) = 10, find *f* (*x* ).

22 . Solve the inequality *x* ^{3} – *x* ≥ 0 graphically.

23 . If , *x* ≠ 0, evaluate and express the answer in simplest form.

24 . Given *g* (*x* ) = 3*x* – 12, find *g* ^{–1} (3).

25 . Write an equation of the tangent line to the graph of *x* ^{2} + *y* ^{2} = 25 at the point (4, –3).

### 5.8 Solutions to Practice Problems

#### Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed.

1 . Rewrite the equation 3*x* – 4*y* + 12 = 0 in *y* = *mx* + *b* form: . Thus, the slope of the line is . Since line *l* is parallel to this line, the slope of line *l* must also be . Line *l* also passes through the point (–2, 5). Therefore, an equation of line *l* is *y* – 5 = (*x* + 2).

2 . Let *M* be the midpoint of . Using the midpoint formula, you will find the coordinates of *M* to be (2, 3). The slope of median is . Thus, an equation of is .

3 . Since the circle is tangent to the line *y* = –1, the radius of the circle is 2 units. Therefore, the equation of the circle is (*x* – 2)^{2} + (*y* + 3)^{2} = 4.

4 . The two derived equations are *x* – 2 = 2*x* + 5 and *x* – 2 = –2*x* – 5. From *x* – 2 = 2*x* + 5, *x* = –7 and from *x* – 2 = –2*x* – 5, *x* = –1. However, substituting *x* = –7 into the original equation |*x* – 2| = 2*x* + 5 results in 9 = –9, which is not possible. Thus the only solution is –1.

5 . The inequality |6 – 3*x* | < 18 is equivalent to –18 < 6 – 3*x* < 18. Thus, –24 < –3*x* < 12. Dividing through by –3 and reversing the inequality sign, you have 8 > *x* > –4 or –4 < *x* < 8.

6 . Since *f* (*x* + *h* ) = (*x* + *h* )^{2} + 3(*x* + *h* ), the expression is equivalent

7 . The graph of equation (2) 4*x* ^{2} + 9*y* ^{2} = 36 is an ellipse, and the graph of equation (4) *y* ^{2} – *x* ^{2} = 4 is a hyperbola intersecting the *y* -axis at two distinct points. Both of these graphs fail the vertical line test. Only the graphs of equations (1) *xy* = –8 and (3) 3*x* ^{2} – *y* = 1 (which are a hyperbola in the second and fourth quadrants and a parabola, respectively) pass the vertical line test. Thus, only (1) *xy* = –8 and (3) 3*x* ^{2} – *y* = 1 are functions.

8 . The domain of *g* (*x* ) is –5 ≤ *x* ≤ 5, and the domain of *f* (*x* ) is the set of all real numbers. Therefore, the domain of is the interval –5 ≤ *x* ≤ 5.

9 . From the graph,

(*f* – *g* )(2) = *f* (2) – *g* (2) = 1 – 1 = 0,

(*f* ∘ *g* )(1) = *f* (*g* (1)) = *f* (0) = 1, and

(*g* ∘ *f* )(0) = *g* (*f* (0)) = *g* (1) = 0.

10 . Let *y* = *f* (*x* ) and thus *y* = *x* ^{3} + 1. Switch *x* and *y* to obtain *x* = *y* ^{3} + 1. Solve for *y* and you will have *y* = (*x* – 1)^{1/3} . Thus *f* ^{–1} (*x* ) = (*x* – 1)^{1/3} .

11 . The amplitude is 3, frequency is ½, and period is 4*π* . See Figure 5.8-1 .

**Figure 5.8-1**

12 . Note that (1) *y* = ln *x* is the graph of the natural logarithmic function. (2) *y* = ln(–*x* ) is the reflection about the *y* -axis. (3) *y* = – ln(*x* + 3) is a horizontal shift 2 units to the left followed by a reflection about the *x* -axis. See Figure 5.8-2 .

**Figure 5.8-2**

#### Part B—Calculators are permitted.

13 . Enter into your calculator *y* _{1} = |2*x* + 4| and *y* _{2} = 10. Locate the intersection points. They occur at *x* = –7 and 3. Note that *y* _{1} is below *y* _{2} from *x* = –7 to 3. Since the inequality is less than or equal to, the solution is –7 ≤ *x* ≤ 3. See Figure 5.8-3 .

**Figure 5.8-3**

14 . Enter in your calculator *y* _{1} = *x* ^{3} – 2*x* and *y* _{2} = 1. Find the intersection points. The points are located at *x* = –1, –0.618, and 1.618. Since *y* _{1} is above *y* _{2} in the intervals –1 < *x* < –0.618 and *x* > 1.618 excluding the endpoints, the solutions to the inequality are the intervals –1 < *x* < –0.618 and *x* > 1.618. See Figure 5.8-4 .

**Figure 5.8-4**

15 . Enter into your calculator and obtain 1. (Note that arccos and = 1.)

16 . Factor *e* ^{2x } – 6*e* ^{ x } + 5 = 0 as (*e* ^{ x } – 5)(*e* ^{ x } – 1) = 0. Thus (*e* ^{ x } – 5) = 0 or (*e* ^{ x } – 1) = 0, resulting in *e* ^{ x } = 5 and *e* ^{ x } = 1. Taking the natural log of both sides yields ln(*e* ^{ x } ) = ln 5 ≈ 1.609 and ln(*e* ^{ x } ) = ln 1 = 0. Therefore to the nearest thousandth, *x* = 1.609 or 0. (Note that ln(*e* ^{ x } ) = *x* .)

17 . The equation 3 ln 2*x* – 3 = 12 is equivalent to ln 2*x* = 5. Therefore, *e* ^{ln 2x } = *e* ^{5} , 2*x* = *e* ^{5} ≈ 148.413159, and *x* ≈ 74.207.

18 . Enter and *y* _{2} = 1 into your calculator. Note that *y* _{1} is below *y* _{2} = 1 on the interval (–1, 2). Since the inequality is ≤ which includes the endpoint at *x* = 2, the solution is (–1, 2]. See Figure 5.8-5 .

**Figure 5.8-5**

19 . Examine *f* (–*x* ) and *f* (–*x* ) = –2(–*x* )^{4} + (–*x* )^{2} + 5 =–2*x* ^{4} + *x* ^{2} + 5 = *f* (*x* ). Therefore, *f* (*x* ) is an even function. (Note that the graph of *f* (*x* ) is symmetrical with respect to the *y* -axis; thus, *f* (*x* ) is an even function.) See Figure 5.8-6 .

**Figure 5.8-6**

20 . Enter *y* _{1} = *x* ^{4} – 4*x* ^{3} into your calculator and examine the graph. Note that the graph is decreasing on the interval (–∞, 3) and increasing on (3, ∞). The function crosses the *x* -axis at 0 and 4. Thus, the zeros of the function are 0 and 4. There is one relative minimum point at (3, –27). Thus, the relative minimum value for the function is –27. There is no relative maximum. See Figure 5.8-7 .

**Figure 5.8-7**

### 5.9 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

21 . The notation *f* (2) = 4 means that when *x* = 2, *y* = 4, and thus, the point (2, 4) is on the graph of *f* (*x* ). Similarly, *f* (–4) = 10 implies that the point (–4, 10) is also on the graph. Since *f* (*x* ) is a linear function, its graph is a line. The slope of a line, *m* , is defined as . Thus .

Using the point slope of a line *y* – *y* _{1} = *m* (*x* – *x* _{1} ), you have *y* – 4 = –1(*x* – 2) or *y* = –*x* + 6.

22 . Enter into your calculator *y* _{1} = *x* ^{3} – *x* and examine the graph. See Figure 5.9-1 .

**Figure 5.9-1**

Note that *f* (*x* ) ≥ 0 on the intervals [–1, 0] and [1, ∞). Therefore, the solution to *x* ^{3} – *x* ≥ 0 is –1 ≤ *x* ≤ 0 or *x* ≥ 1.

23 . Since , and the LCD (lowest common denominator) of and is *x* (*x* + *h* ). Multiplying the numerator and denominator of the complex fraction by the LCD, you have , which is equivalent to or or .

24 . Begin by finding *g* ^{–1} (*x* ). Rewrite *g* (*x* ) = 3*x* – 12 as *y* = 3*x* – 12. Switch *x* and *y* , and you have *x* = 3*y* – 12. Solving for *y* , you have . Substitute *g* ^{–1} (*x* ) for *y* . Thus and .

25 . The slope of the line segment joining the origin (0, 0) and the point of tangency (4, –3) is . Since this line segment is perpendicular to the tangent line, the slope of the tangent line is .

Using the point-slope form of a line, you have *y* – *y* _{1} = *m* (*x* – *x* _{1} ), or or . See Figure 5.9-2 .

**Figure 5.9-2**

## CHAPTER 6

## Big Idea 1: Limits

## Limits and Continuity

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary:** On the AP Calculus AB exam, you will be tested on your ability to find the limit of a function. In this chapter, you will be shown how to solve several types of limit problems which include finding the limit of a function as *x* approaches a specific value, finding the limit of a function as *x* approaches infinity, one-sided limits, infinite limits, and limits involving sine and cosine. You will also learn how to apply the concepts of limits to finding vertical and horizontal asymptotes as well as determining the continuity of a function.

**Key Ideas**

Definition of the limit of a function

Properties of limits

Evaluating limits as *x* approaches a specific value

Evaluating limits as *x* approaches ± infinity

One-sided limits

Limits involving infinities

Limits involving sine and cosine

Vertical and horizontal asymptotes

Continuity

### 6.1 The Limit of a Function

**Main Concepts:** Definition and Properties of Limits, Evaluating Limits, One-Sided Limits, Squeeze Theorem

#### Definition and Properties of Limits

##### Definition of Limit

Let *f* be a function defined on an open interval containing *a* , except possibly at *a* itself. Then (read as the limit of *f* (*x* ) as *x* approaches *a* is *L* ) if for any *ε* > 0, there exists a *δ* > 0 such that | *f* (*x* ) – *L* | < *ε* whenever |*x* – *a* | < *δ* .

##### Properties of Limits

Given and and *L* , *M* , *a* , *c* , and *n* are real numbers, then:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

#### Evaluating Limits

If *f* is a continuous function on an open interval containing the number *a* , then = *f* (*a* ).

Common techniques in evaluating limits are:

1. Substituting directly

2. Factoring and simplifying

3. Multiplying the numerator and denominator of a rational function by the conjugate of either the numerator or denominator

4. Using a graph or a table of values of the given function

##### Example 1

Find the limit: .

Substituting directly: .

##### Example 2

Find the limit: .

Using the product rule, .

##### Example 3

Find the limit: .

Factoring and simplifying:

(Note that had you substituted *t* = 2 directly in the original expression, you would have obtained a zero in both the numerator and denominator.)

##### Example 4

Find the limit: .

Factoring and simplifying:

##### Example 5

Find the limit: .

Multiplying both the numerator and the denominator by the conjugate of the numerator,

(Note that substituting 0 directly into the original expression would have produced a 0 in both the numerator and denominator.)

##### Example 6

Find the limit: .

Enter in the calculator. You see that the graph of *f* (*x* ) approaches 3 as *x* approaches 0. Thus, the . (Note that had you substituted *x* = 0 directly in the original expression, you would have obtained a zero in both the numerator and denominator.) (See Figure 6.1-1 .)

**Figure 6.1-1**

##### Example 7

Find the limit: .

Enter into your calculator. You notice that as *x* approaches 3 from the right, the graph of *f* (*x* ) goes higher and higher, and that as *x* approaches 3 from the left, the graph of *f* (*x* ) goes lower and lower. Therefore, is undefined. (See Figure 6.1-2 .)

**Figure 6.1-2**

• Always indicate what the final answer is, e.g., “The maximum value of *f* is 5.” Use complete sentences whenever possible.

#### One-Sided Limits

Let *f* be a function and let *a* be a real number. Then the right-hand limit: represents the limit of *f* as *x* approaches *a* from the right, and the left-hand limit: represents the limit of *f* as *x* approaches *a* from the left.

##### Existence of a Limit

Let *f* be a function and let *a* and *L* be real numbers. Then the two-sided limit: if and only if the one-sided limits exist and .

##### Example 1

Given , find the limits: (a) , (b) , and (c) . Substituting *x* = 3 into *f* (*x* ) leads to a 0 in both the numerator and denominator. Factor *f* (*x* ) as which is equivalent to (*x* + 1) where *x* ≠ 3. Thus, (a) , (b) , and (c) since the one-sided limits exist and are equal, , therefore the two-sided limit exists and . (Note that *f* (*x* ) is undefined at *x* = 3, but the function gets arbitrarily close to 4 as *x* approaches 3. Therefore the limit exists.) (See Figure 6.1-3 .)

**Figure 6.1-3**

##### Example 2

Given *f* (*x* ) as illustrated in the accompanying diagram (Figure 6.1-4 ), find the limits: (a) , (b) , and (c) .

**Figure 6.1-4**

(a) As *x* approaches 0 from the left, *f* (*x* ) gets arbitrarily close to 0. Thus, = 0.

(b) As *x* approaches 0 from the right, *f* (*x* ) gets arbitrarily close to 2. Therefore, = 2. Note that *f* (0) ≠ 2.

(c) Since does not exist.

##### Example 3

Given the greatest integer function *f* (*x* ) = [*x* ], find the limits: (a) , (b) , and (c) .

(a) Enter *y* 1 = int(*x* ) in your calculator. You see that as *x* approaches 1 from the right, the function stays at 1. Thus, . Note that *f* (1) is also equal to 1.

(b) As *x* approaches 1 from the left, the function stays at 0. Therefore, . Notice that .

(c). Since , therefore, does not exist. (See Figure 6.1-5 .)

**Figure 6.1-5**

##### Example 4

Given , find the limits: (a) , (b) , and (c) . (a) From inspecting the graph, , (b) , and (c) since , therefore, does not exist. (See Figure 6.1-6 .)

**Figure 6.1-6**

##### Example 5

Thus, does not exist.

• Remember ln(*e* ) = 1 and *e* ^{ln3} = 3 since *y* = ln *x* and *y* = *e* ^{ x } are inverse functions.

#### Squeeze Theorem

If *f* , *g* , and *h* are functions defined on some open interval containing *a* such that *g* (*x* ) ≤ *f* (*x* ) ≤ *h* (*x* ) for all *x* in the interval except possibly at *a* itself, and , then .

##### Theorems on Limits

(1) and (2)

##### Example 1

Find the limit if it exists: .

Substituting 0 into the expression would lead to 0/0. Rewrite as and thus, . As *x* approaches 0, so does 3*x* . Therefore, . (Note that is equivalent to by replacing 3*x* by *x* .) Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.1-7 .)

**Figure 6.1-7**

##### Example 2

Find the limit if it exists: .

Rewrite as . As *h* approaches 0, so do 3*h* and 2*h* . Therefore,

. (Note that substituting *h* = 0 into the original expression would have produced 0/0.) Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.1-8 .)

**Figure 6.1-8**

##### Example 3

Find the limit if it exists: .

Substituting 0 in the expression would lead to 0/0. Multiplying both the numerator and denominator by the conjugate (1 + cos *y* ) produces . = (1)^{2} (1 + 1) = 2. (Note that .) Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.1-9 .)

**Figure 6.1-9**

##### Example 4

Find the limit if it exists: .

Using the quotient rule for limits, you have . Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.1-10 .)

**Figure 6.1-10**

### 6.2 Limits Involving Infinities

**Main Concepts:** Infinite Limits (as *x* → *a* ), Limits at Infinity (as *x* → ∞), Horizontal and Vertical Asymptotes

#### Infinite Limits (as *x* → *a* )

If *f* is a function defined at every number in some open interval containing *a* , except possibly at *a* itself, then

(1) means that *f* (*x* ) increases without bound as *x* approaches *a* .

(2) means that *f* (*x* ) decreases without bound as *x* approaches *a* .

##### Limit Theorems

(1) If *n* is a positive integer, then

(a)

(b)

(2) If the , and , then

(3) If the , and , then

(Note that limit theorems 2 and 3 hold true for *x* → *a* ^{+} and *x* → *a* ^{–} .)

##### Example 1

Evaluate the limit: (a) and (b) .

(a) The limit of the numerator is 5 and the limit of the denominator is 0 through positive values. Thus, . (b) The limit of the numerator is 5 and the limit of the denominator is 0 through negative values. Therefore, . Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.2-1 .)

**Figure 6.2-1**

##### Example 2

Find: .

Factor the denominator obtaining . The limit of the numerator is 9 and the limit of the denominator is (0)(6) = 0 through negative values. Therefore, . Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.2-2 .)

**Figure 6.2-2**

##### Example 3

Find: .

Substituting 5 into the expression leads to 0/0. Factor the numerator into . As *x* → 5^{–} , (*x* – 5) < 0. Rewrite (*x* – 5) as –(5 – *x* ) as *x* → 5^{–} , (5 – *x* ) > 0 and thus, you may express (5 – *x* ) as . Therefore, . Substituting these equivalent expressions into the original problem, you have . The limit of the numerator is 10 and the limit of the denominator is 0 through positive values. Thus, the .

##### Example 4

Find: , where [*x* ] is the greatest integer value of *x* .

As *x* → 2^{–} , [*x* ] = 1. The limit of the numerator is (1 – 2) = –1. As *x* → 2^{–} , (2 – *x* ) = 0 through positive values. Thus, .

• Do easy questions first. The easy ones are worth the same number of points as the hard ones.

#### Limits at Infinity (as *x* → ± ∞)

If *f* is a function defined at every number in some interval (*a* , ∞), then means that *L* is the limit of *f* (*x* ) as *x* increases without bound. If *f* is a function defined at every number in some interval (–∞, *a* ), then means that *L* is the limit of *f* (*x* ) as *x* decreases without bound.

##### Limit Theorem

If *n* is a positive integer, then

(a)

(b)

##### Example 1

Evaluate the limit: .

Divide every term in the numerator and denominator by the highest power of *x* (in this case, it is *x* ), and obtain:

Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.2-3 .)

**Figure 6.2-3**

##### Example 2

Evaluate the limit: .

Divide every term in the numerator and denominator by the highest power of *x* . In this case, it is *x* ^{3} . Thus,

Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.2-4 .)

**Figure 6.2-4**

##### Example 3

Evaluate the limit: .

Divide every term in the numerator and denominator by the highest power of *x* . In this case, it is *x* ^{2} . Therefore, . The limit of the numerator is –1 and the limit of the denominator is 0. Thus, .

Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.2-5 .)

**Figure 6.2-5**

##### Example 4

Evaluate the limit: .

As *x* → –∞, *x* < 0 and thus, . Divide the numerator and denominator by *x* (not *x* ^{2} since the denominator has a square root). Thus, you have

Replacing the *x* below by , you have

Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.2-6 .)

**Figure 6.2-6**

• Remember that ln = ln (1) – ln *x* = – ln *x* and *y* = *e* ^{–x } .

#### Horizontal and Vertical Asymptotes

A line *y* = *b* is called a horizontal asymptote for the graph of a function *f* if either = *b* or = *b* .

A line *x* = *a* is called a vertical asymptote for the graph of a function *f* if either = +∞ or = +∞.

##### Example 1

Find the horizontal and vertical asymptotes of the function .

To find the horizontal asymptotes, examine the and the .

The , and the .

Thus, *y* = 3 is a horizontal asymptote.

To find the vertical asymptotes, look for *x* values such that the denominator (*x* – 2) would be 0, in this case, *x* = 2. Then examine:

(a) , the limit of the numerator is 11 and the limit of the denominator is 0 through positive values, and thus, .

(b) , the limit of the numerator is 11 and the limit of the denominator is 0 through negative values, and thus, .

Therefore, *x* = 2 is a vertical asymptote.

##### Example 2

Using your calculator, find the horizontal and vertical asymptotes of the function *f* (*x* ) = .

Enter . The graph shows that as *x* → ±∞, the function approaches 0, thus . Therefore, a horizontal asymptote is *y* = 0 (or the *x* -axis).

For vertical asymptotes, you notice that , and . Thus, the vertical asymptotes are *x* = –2 and *x* = 2. (See Figure 6.2-7 .)

**Figure 6.2-7**

##### Example 3

Using your calculator, find the horizontal and vertical asymptotes of the function *f* (*x* ) = .

Enter . The graph of *f* (*x* ) shows that as *x* increases in the first quadrant, *f* (*x* ) goes higher and higher without bound. As *x* moves to the left in the second quadrant, *f* (*x* ) again goes higher and higher without bound. Thus, you may conclude that and and thus, *f* (*x* ) has no horizontal asymptote. For vertical asymptotes, you notice that , and . Therefore, the line *x* = 0 (or the *y* -axis) is a vertical asymptote. (See Figure 6.2-8 .)

**Figure 6.2-8**

Relationship between the limits of rational functions as *x* → ∞ and horizontal asymptotes:

Given , then:

(1) If the degree of *p* (*x* ) is the same as the degree of *q* (*x* ), then , where *a* is the coefficient of the highest power of *x* in *p* (*x* ) and *b* is the coefficient of the highest power of *x* in *q* (*x* ). The line is a horizontal asymptote. See Example 1 on page 96 .

(2) If the degree of *p* (*x* ) is smaller than the degree of *q* (*x* ), then . The line *y* = 0 (or *x* -axis) is a horizontal asymptote. See Example 2 on page 97 .

(3) If the degree of *p* (*x* ) is greater than the degree of *q* (*x* ), then and . Thus, *f* (*x* ) has no horizontal asymptote. See Example 3 on page 97 .

##### Example 4

Using your calculator, find the horizontal asymptotes of the function .

Enter . The graph shows that *f* (*x* ) oscillates back and forth about the *x* -axis. As *x* → ±∞, the graph gets closer and closer to the *x* -axis which implies that *f* (*x* ) approaches 0. Thus, the line *y* = 0 (or the *x* -axis) is a horizontal asymptote. (See Figure 6.2-9 .)

**Figure 6.2-9**

• When entering a rational function into a calculator, use parentheses for both the numerator and denominator, e.g., (*x* – 2) + (*x* + 3).

### 6.3 Continuity of a Function

**Main Concepts:** Continuity of a Function at a Number, Continuity of a Function over an Interval, Theorems on Continuity

#### Continuity of a Function at a Number

A function *f* is said to be continuous at a number *a* if the following three conditions are satisfied:

1. *f* (*a* ) exists

2.

3.

The function *f* is said to be discontinuous at *a* if one or more of these three conditions are not satisfied and *a* is called the point of discontinuity.

#### Continuity of a Function over an Interval

A function is continuous over an interval if it is continuous at every point in the interval.

#### Theorems on Continuity

1. If the functions *f* and *g* are continuous at *a* , then the functions *f* + *g* , *f* – *g* , *f* · *g* , *f* /*g* , and *g* (*a* ) ≠ 0, are also continuous at *a* .

2. A polynomial function is continuous everywhere.

3. A rational function is continuous everywhere, except at points where the denominator is zero.

4. Intermediate Value Theorem: If a function *f* is continuous on a closed interval [*a* , *b* ] and *k* is a number with *f* (*a* ) ≤ *k* ≤ *f* (*b* ), then there exists a number *c* in [*a* , *b* ] such that *f* (*c* ) = *k* .

##### Example 1

Find the points of discontinuity of the function .

Since *f* (*x* ) is a rational function, it is continuous everywhere, except at points where the denominator is 0. Factor the denominator and set it equal to 0: (*x* – 2)(*x* + 1) = 0. Thus *x* = 2 or *x* = –1. The function *f* (*x* ) is undefined at *x* = –1 and at *x* = 2. Therefore, *f* (*x* ) is discontinuous at these points. Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.3-1 .)

**Figure 6.3-1**

##### Example 2

Determine the intervals on which the given function is continuous:

Check the three conditions of continuity at *x* = 2:

Condition 1: *f* (2) = 10.

Condition 2: .

Condition 3: . Thus, *f* (*x* ) is discontinuous at *x* = 2.

The function is continuous on (–∞, 2) and (2, ∞). Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.3-2 .)

**Figure 6.3-2**

• Remember that and .

##### Example 3

For what value of *k* is the function continuous at *x* = 6?

For *f* (*x* ) to be continuous at *x* = 6, it must satisfy the three conditions of continuity:

Condition 1: *f* (6) = 6^{2} – 2(6) = 24.

Condition 2: ; thus must also be 24 in order for the to equal 24. Thus, which implies 2(6) + *k* = 24 and *k* = 12. Therefore, if *k* = 12,

Condition (3): is also satisfied.

##### Example 4

Given *f* (*x* ) as shown in Figure 6.3-3 , (a) find *f* (3) and , and (b) determine if *f* (*x* ) is continuous at *x* = 3? Explain your answer.

**Figure 6.3-3**

(a) The graph of *f* (*x* ) shows that *f* (3) = 5 and the . (b) Since , *f* (*x* ) is discontinuous at *x* = 3.

##### Example 5

If *g* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} – 2*x* – 15, using the Intermediate Value Theorem show that *g* (*x* ) has a root in the interval [1, 7].

Begin by finding *g* (1) and *g* (7), and *g* (1) = –16 and *g* (7) = 20. If *g* (*x* ) has a root, then *g* (*x* ) crosses the *x* -axis, i.e., *g* (*x* ) = 0. Since –16 ≤ 0 ≤ 20, by the Intermediate Value Theorem, there exists at least one number *c* in [1, 7] such that *g* (*c* ) = 0. The number *c* is a root of *g* (*x* ).

##### Example 6

A function *f* is continuous on [0, 5], and some of the values of *f* are shown below.

If *f* (*x* ) = –2 has no solution on [0, 5], then *b* could be

(A) 1

(B) 0

(C) –2

(D) –5

If *b* = –2, then *x* = 3 would be a solution for *f* (*x* ) = –2.

If *b* = 0, 1, or 3, *f* (*x* ) = –2 would have two solutions for *f* (*x* ) = –2.

Thus, *b* = –5, choice (D). (See Figure 6.3-4 .)

**Figure 6.3-4**

### 6.4 Rapid Review

1. Find *f* (2) and and determine if *f* is continuous at *x* = 2. (See Figure 6.4-1 .)

*Answer: f* (2) = 2, , and *f* is discontinuous at *x* = 2.

**Figure 6.4-1**

2. Evaluate

*Answer:*

3. Evaluate

*Answer:* The limit is –3, since the polynomials in the numerator and denominator have the same degree.

4. Determine if

*Answer:* The function *f* is continuous, since *f* (3) = 9, *f* (*x* ) = 9, and .

5. If

*Answer:*

6. Evaluate

*Answer:* The limit is , since .

7. Evaluate .

*Answer:* The limit is –∞, since (*x* ^{2} – 25) approaches 0 through negative values.

8. Find the vertical and horizontal asymptotes of .

*Answer:* The vertical asymptotes are *x* = ±5, and the horizontal asymptote is *y* = 0, since .

### 6.5 Practice Problems

#### Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed.

Find the limits of the following:

1 .

2 . If *b* ≠ 0, evaluate .

3 .

4 .

5 .

6 .

7 .

8 .

9 .

10 .

11 .

12 . The graph of a function *f* is shown in Figure 6.5-1 .

Which of the following statements is/are true?

**Figure 6.5-1**

I.

II.

III. *x* = 4 is not in the domain of *f* .

#### Part B—Calculators are allowed.

13 . Find the horizontal and vertical asymptotes of the graph of the function

.

14 . Find the limit: when [*x* ] is the greatest integer of *x* .

15 . Find all *x* -values where the function is discontinuous.

16 . For what value of *k* is the function continuous at *x* = 3?

17 . Determine if

is continuous at *x* = 2. Explain why or why not.

18 . Given *f* (*x* ) as shown in Figure 6.5-2 , find

**Figure 6.5-2**

(a) *f* (3).

(b)

(c)

(d)

19 . A function *f* is continuous on [–2, 2] and some of the values of *f* are shown below:

If *f* has only one root, *r* , on the closed interval [–2, 2], and *r* ≠ 0, then a possible value of *b* is

(A) –2

(B) –1

(C) 0

(D) 1

20 . Evaluate .

### 6.6 Cumulative Review Problems

21 . Write an equation of the line passing through the point (2, –4) and perpendicular to the line 3*x* – 2*y* = 6.

22 . The graph of a function *f* is shown in Figure 6.6-1 . Which of the following statements is/are true?

**Figure 6.6-1**

I.

II. *x* = 4 is not in the domain of *f* .

III. does not exist.

23 . Evaluate .

24 . Find .

25 . Find the horizontal and vertical asymptotes of .

### 6.7 Solutions to Practice Problems

#### Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed.

1 . Using the product rule,

2 . Rewrite as Substitute *x* = *b* and obtain .

3 . Substituting *x* = 0 into the expression leads to 0/0 which is an indeterminate form. Thus, multiply both the numerator and denominator by the conjugate and obtain

4 . Since the degree of the polynomial in the numerator is the same as the degree of the polynomial in the denominator,

5 . Since the degree of the polynomial in the numerator is 2 and the degree of the polynomial in the denominator is 3,

6 . The degree of the monomial in the numerator is 2 and the degree of the binomial in the denominator is 1. Thus,

7 . Divide every term in both the numerator and denominator by the highest power of *x* . In this case, it is *x* . Thus, you have

Since the denominator involves a radical, rewrite the expression as

8 .

9 . . However, as *x* → ∞, the rate of increase of *e* ^{ x } is much greater than the rate of decrease of (1 – *x* ^{3} ). Thus, .

10 . Divide both numerator and denominator by *x* and obtain . Now rewrite the limit as . As *x* approaches 0, so do 3*x* and 4*x* .

Thus, you have

11 . As *t* → 3^{+} , (*t* – 3) > 0, and thus . Rewrite the limit as The limit of the numerator is and the denominator is approaching 0 through positive values. Thus, positive values. Thus, .

12 . The graph of *f* indicates that:

I. is true.

II. is false.

(The = 5.)

III. “*x* = 4 is not in the domain of *f* ” is false since *f* (4) = 2.

#### Part B—Calculators are allowed.

13 . Examining the graph in your calculator, you notice that the function approaches the *x* -axis as *x* → ∞ or as *x* → –∞. Thus, the line *y* = 0 (the *x* -axis) is a horizontal asymptote. As *x* approaches 1 from either side, the function increases or decreases without bound. Similarly, as *x* approaches –2 from either side, the function increases or decreases without bound. Therefore, *x* = 1 and *x* = –2 are vertical asymptotes. (See Figure 6.7-1 .)

**Figure 6.7-1**

14 . As *x* → 5^{+} , the limit of the numerator (5 + [5]) is 10 and as *x* → 5^{+} , the denominator approaches 0 through negative values. Thus, the .

15 . Since *f* (*x* ) is a rational function, it is continuous everywhere except at values where the denominator is 0. Factoring and setting the denominator equal to 0, you have (*x* + 6) (*x* – 2) = 0. Thus, the function is discontinuous at *x* = –6 and *x* = 2. Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.7-2 .)

**Figure 6.7-2**

16 . In order for *g* (*x* ) to be continuous at *x* = 3, it must satisfy the three conditions of continuity:

(1) *g* (3) = 3^{2} + 5 = 14,

(2) = 14, and

(3) – *k* , and the two one-sided limits must be equal in order for to exist. Therefore, 6 – *k* = 14 and *k* = –8.

Now, and condition 3 is satisfied.

17 . Checking with the three conditions of continuity:

(1) *f* (2) = 12,

(2)

, and

(3) . Therefore, *f* (*x* ) is discontinuos at *x* = 2.

18 . The graph indicates that (a) *f* (3) = 4, (b) , (c) , (d) , and (e) therefore, *f* (*x* ) is not continuous at *x* = 3 since .

19 . (See Figure 6.7-3 .) If *b* = 0, then *r* = 0, but *r* cannot be 0. If *b* = –3, –2, or –1, *f* would have more than one root. Thus *b* = 1. Choice (D).

**Figure 6.7-3**

20 . Substituting *x* = 0 would lead to 0/0. Substitute (1 – cos^{2} *x* ) in place of sin^{2} *x* and obtain

Verify your result with a calculator. (See Figure 6.7-4 )

**Figure 6.7-4**

### 6.8 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

21 . Rewrite 3*x* – 2*y* = 6 in *y* = *mx* + *b* form which is . The slope of this line whose equation is is . Thus, the slope of a line perpendicular to this line is . Since the perpendicular line passes through the point (2, –4), therefore, an equation of the perpendicular line is which is equivalent to .

22 . The graph indicates that , *f* (4) = 1, and does not exist. Therefore, only statements I and III are true.

23 . Substituting *x* = 0 into , you obtain .

24 . Rewrite which is equivalent to which is equal to .

25 . To find horizontal asymptotes, examine the and the . The . Dividing by the highest power of *x* (and in this case, it’s *x* ), you obtain . As *x* → ∞, . Thus, you have . Thus, the line *y* = 1 is a horizontal asymptote.

The . As . Thus, .

Therefore, the line *y* = –1 is a horizontal asymptote. As for vertical asymptotes, *f* (*x* ) is continuous and defined for all real numbers. Thus, there is no vertical asymptote.

## CHAPTER 7

## Big Idea 2: Derivatives

## Differentiation

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary:** The derivative of a function is often used to find rates of change. It is also related to the slope of a tangent line. On the AP Calculus AB exam, many questions involve finding the derivative of a function. In this chapter, you will learn different techniques for finding a derivative which include using the Power Rule, Product and Quotient Rules, Chain Rule, and Implicit Differentiation. You will also learn to find the derivatives of trigonometric, exponential, logarithmic, and inverse functions.

**Key Ideas**

Definition of the derivative of a function

Power Rule, Product and Quotient Rules, and Chain Rule

Derivatives of trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions

Derivatives of inverse functions

Implicit Differentiation

Higher order derivatives

*L’Hôpital’s* Rule for Indeterminate Forms

### 7.1 Derivatives of Algebraic Functions

**Main Concepts:** Definition of the Derivative of a Function; Power Rule; The Sum, Difference, Product, and Quotient Rules; The Chain Rule

**Definition of the Derivative of a Function**

The derivative of a function *f* , written as *f* ′, is defined as

if this limit exists. (Note that *f* ′(*x* ) is read as *f* prime of *x* .)

Other symbols of the derivative of a function are:

.

Let *m* _{tangent} be the slope of the tangent to a curve *y* = *f* (*x* ) at a point on the curve. Then,

.

(See Figure 7.1-1 .)

**Figure 7.1-1**

Given a function *f* , if *f* ′(*x* ) exists at *x* = *a* , then the function *f* is said to be differentiable at *x* = *a* . If a function *f* is differentiable at *x* = *a* , then *f* is continuous at *x* = *a* . (Note that the converse of the statement is not necessarily true, i.e., if a function *f* is continuous at *x* = *a* , then *f* may or may not be differentiable at *x* = *a* .) Here are several examples of functions that are not differentiable at a given number *x* = *a* . (See Figures 7.1-2 –7.1-5 .)

**Figure 7.1-2**

**Figure 7.1-3**

**Figure 7.1-4**

**Figure 7.1-5**

#### Example 1

If *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} – 2*x* – 3, find (a) *f* ′(*x* ) using the definition of derivative, (b) *f* ′(0), (c) *f* ′(1), and (d) *f* ′(3).

(a) Using the definition of derivative,

(b) *f* ′(0) = 2(0) – 2 = –2, (c) *f* ′(1) = 2(1) – 2 = 0, and (d) *f* ′(3) = 2(3) – 2 = 4.

#### Example 2

Evaluate .

The expression is equivalent to the derivative of the function *f* (*x* ) = cos *x* at *x* = *π* , i.e., *f* ′(*π* ). The derivative of *f* (*x* ) = cos *x* at *x* = *π* is equivalent to the slope of the tangent to the curve of cos *x* at *x* = *π* . The tangent is parallel to the *x* -axis. Thus, the slope is 0 or = 0.

Or, using an algebraic method, note that cos(*a* + *b* ) = cos(*a* ) cos(*b* ) – sin(*a* ) sin(*b* ). Then rewrite .

(See Figure 7.1-6 .)

**Figure 7.1-6**

#### Example 3

If the function *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2/3} + 1, find all points where *f* is not differentiable.

The function *f* (*x* ) is continuous for all real numbers and the graph of *f* (*x* ) forms a “cusp” at the point (0, 1). Thus, *f* (*x* ) is not differentiable at *x* = 0. (See Figure 7.1-7 .)

**Figure 7.1-7**

#### Example 4

Using a calculator, find the derivative of *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} + 4*x* at *x* = 3.

There are several ways to find *f* ′(3), using a calculator. One way is to use the [*nDeriv* ] function of the calculator. From the main Home screen, select *F3-Calc* and then select [*nDeriv* ]. Enter [*nDeriv* ] (*x* ^{2} + 4*x* , *x* )|*x* = 3. The result is 10.

• Always write out all formulas in your solutions.

#### Power Rule

If *f* (*x* ) = *c* where *c* is a constant, then *f* ′(*x* ) = 0.

If *f* (*x* ) = *x ^{n} * where

*n*is a real number, then

*f*′(

*x*) =

*nx*

^{ n –1}.

If *f* (*x* ) = *c x* ^{ n } where *c* is a constant and *n* is a real number, then *f* ′(*x* ) = *cnx* ^{ n –1} .

#### Summary of Derivatives of Algebraic Functions

#### Example 1

If *f* (*x* ) = 2*x* ^{3} , find (a) *f* ′(*x* ), (b) *f* ′(1), and (c) *f* ′(0).

Note that (a) *f* ′(*x* ) = 6*x* ^{2} , (b) *f* ′(1) = 6(1)^{2} = 6, and (c) *f* ′(0) = 0.

#### Example 2

If , find (a) and (b) (which represents at *x* = 0).

Note that (a) and thus, and (b) does not exist because the expression is undefined.

#### Example 3

Here are several examples of algebraic functions and their derivatives:

#### Example 4

Using a calculator, find *f* ′(*x* ) and *f* ′(3) if .

There are several ways of finding *f* ′(*x* ) and *f* ′(9) using a calculator. One way is to use the *d* [*Differentiate* ] function. Go to the Home screen. Select *F3-Calc* and then select *d* [*Differentiate* ]. Enter . The result is . To find *f* ′(3), enter *x* )|x = 3. The result is .

#### The Sum, Difference, Product, and Quotient Rules

If *u* and *v* are two differentiable functions, then

#### Example 1

Find *f* ′(*x* ) if *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} – 10*x* + 5.

Using the sum and difference rules, you can differentiate each term and obtain *f* ′(*x* ) = 3*x* ^{2} – 10. Or using your calculator, select the *d* [*Differentiate* ] function and enter *d* (*x* ^{3} – 10*x* + 5, *x* ) and obtain 3*x* ^{2} – 10.

#### Example 2

If *y* = (3*x* – 5)(*x* ^{4} + 8*x* – 1), find .

Using the product rule , let *u* = (3*x* – 5) and *v* = (*x* ^{4} + 8*x* – 1).

Then = (3)(*x* ^{4} + 8*x* – 1) + (4*x* ^{3} + 8)(3*x* – 5) = (3*x* ^{4} + 24*x* – 3) + (12*x* 4 – 20*x* ^{3} + 24*x* – 40) = 15*x* ^{4} – 20*x* ^{3} + 48*x* – 43. Or you can use your calculator and enter *d* ((3*x* – 5)(*x* ^{4} + 8*x* – 1), *x* ) and obtain the same result.

#### Example 3

If , find *f* ′(*x* ).

Using the quotient rule , let *u* = 2*x* – 1 and *v* = *x* + 5. Then . Or you can use your calculator and enter *d* ((2*x* – 1)/(*x* + 5), *x* ) and obtain the same result.

#### Example 4

Using your calculator, find an equation of the tangent to the curve *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} – 3*x* + 2 at *x* = 5.

Find the slope of the tangent to the curve at *x* = 5 by entering *d* (*x* ^{2} – 3*x* + 2, *x* )|*x* = 5. The result is 7. Compute *f* (5) = 12. Thus, the point (5, 12) is on the curve of *f* (*x* ). An equation of the line whose slope *m* = 7 and passing through the point (5, 12) is *y* – 12 = 7(*x* – 5).

• Remember that ln and . The integral formula is not usually tested in the AB exam.

#### The Chain Rule

If *y* = *f* (*u* ) and *u* = *g* (*x* ) are differentiable functions of *u* and *x* respectively, then or .

#### Example 1

If *y* = (3*x* – 5)^{10} , find .

Using the chain rule, let *u* = 3*x* – 5 and thus, *y* = *u* ^{10} . Then, and .

Since (3) = 10(3*x* – 5)^{9} (3) = 30(3*x* – 5)^{9} . Or you can use your calculator and enter *d* ((3*x* – 5)^{10} , *x* ) and obtain the same result.

#### Example 2

If , find *f* ′(*x* ).

Rewrite as *f* (*x* ) = 5*x* (25 – *x* ^{2} )^{1/2.} Using the product rule, *f* ′(*x* ) = .

To find , use the chain rule and let *u* = 25 – *x* ^{2} .

Thus, . Substituting this quantity back into *f* ′(*x* ), you have . Or you can use your calculator and enter and obtain the same result.

#### Example 3

If , find .

Using the chain rule, let . Then .

To find , use the quotient rule.

Thus, . Substituting this quantity back into .

An alternate solution is to use the product rule and rewrite as *y* = and use the quotient rule. Another approach is to express *y* = (2*x* – 1)^{3} (*x* ^{–6} ) and use the product rule. Of course, you can always use your calculator if you are permitted to do so.

### 7.2 Derivatives of Trigonometric, Inverse Trigonometric, Exponential, and Logarithmic Functions

**Main Concepts:** Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions, Derivatives of Inverse Trigonometric Functions, Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

#### Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions

Summary of Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions

Note that the derivatives of *cosine* , *cotangent* , and *cosecant* all have a negative sign.

#### Example 1

If *y* = 6*x* ^{2} + 3 sec *x* , find .

sec *x* tan *x* .

#### Example 2

Find *f* ′(*x* ) if *f* (*x* ) = cot(4*x* – 6).

Using the chain rule, let *u* = 4*x* – 6. Then *f* ′(*x* ) = [– csc^{2} (4*x* – 6)][4] = –4 csc^{2} (4*x* – 6).

Or using your calculator, enter *d* (1/tan(4*x* – 6), *x* ) and obtain which is an equivalent form.

#### Example 3

Find *f* ′(*x* ) if *f* (*x* ) = 8 sin(*x* ^{2} ).

Using the chain rule, let *u* = *x* ^{2} . Then *f* ′(*x* ) = [8 cos(*x* ^{2} )][2*x* ] = 16*x* cos(*x* ^{2} ).

#### Example 4

If *y* = sin *x* cos(2*x* ), find .

Using the product rule, let *u* = sin *x* and *v* = cos(2*x* ).

Then .

#### Example 5

If *y* = sin[cos(2*x* )], find .

Using the chain rule, let *u* = cos(2*x* ). Then

.

To evaluate , use the chain rule again by making another *u* -substitution, this time for 2*x* . Thus, . Therefore, .

#### Example 6

Find *f* ′(*x* ) if *f* (*x* ) = 5*x* csc *x* .

Using the product rule, let *u* = 5*x* and *v* = csc *x* . Then *f* ′(*x* ) = 5 csc *x* + (– csc *x* cot *x* ) (5*x* ) = 5 csc *x* – 5*x* (csc *x* )(cot *x* ).

#### Example 7

If , find .

Rewrite as *y* = (sin *x* ) ^{1/2} . Using the chain rule, let *u* = sin *x* . Thus, .

#### Example 8

If , find .

Using the quotient rule, let *u* = tan *x* and *v* = (1 + tan *x* ). Then,

Note: For all of the above exercises, you can find the derivatives by using a calculator, provided that you are permitted to do so.

#### Derivatives of Inverse Trigonometric Functions

Summary of Derivatives of Inverse Trigonometric Functions

Let *u* be a differentiable function of *x* , then

Note that the derivatives of cos^{–1} *x* , cot^{–1} *x* , and csc^{–1} *x* all have a “–1” in their numerators.

#### Example 1

If *y* = 5 sin^{–1} (3*x* ), find .

Let *u* = 3*x* . Then .

Or using a calculator, enter *d* [5 sin^{–1} (3*x* ), *x* ] and obtain the same result.

#### Example 2

Find *f* ′(*x* ) .

Let

#### Example 3

If *y* = sec^{–1} (3*x* ^{2} ), find .

Let *u* = 3*x* ^{2} . Then .

#### Example 4

If .

Note: For all of the above exercises, you can find the derivatives by using a calculator, provided that you are permitted to do so.

#### Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

Summary of Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

Let *u* be a differentiable function of *x* , then

.

For the following examples, find and verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 1

*y* = *e* ^{3x } + 5*xe* ^{3} + *e* ^{3}

(Note that *e* ^{3} is a constant.)

#### Example 2

*y* = *xe ^{x} * –

*x*

^{2}

*e*

^{x}Using the product rule for both terms, you have

#### Example 3

*y* = 3^{sin x }

Let *u* = sin *x* . Then, .

#### Example 4

*y* = *e* ^{(x 3 )}

Let *u* = *x* ^{3} . Then, .

#### Example 5

*y* = (ln *x* )^{5}

Let *u* = ln *x* . Then, .

#### Example 6

*y* = ln(*x* ^{2} + 2*x* – 3) + ln 5

Let *u* = *x* ^{2} + 2*x* – 3. Then, .

(Note that ln 5 is a constant. Thus the derivative of ln 5 is 0.)

#### Example 7

*y* = 2*x* ln *x* + *x*

Using the product rule for the first term,

you have (2*x* ) + 1 = 2 ln *x* + 2 + 1 = 2 ln *x* + 3.

#### Example 8

*y* = ln(ln *x* )

Let *u* = ln *x* . Then .

#### Example 9

*y* = log_{5} (2*x* + 1)

Let *u* = 2*x* + 1. Then .

#### Example 10

Write an equation of the line tangent to the curve of *y* = *e ^{x} * at

*x*= 1.

The slope of the tangent to the curve *y* = *e ^{x} * at

*x*= 1 is equivalent to the value of the derivative of

*y*=

*e*evaluated at

^{x}*x*= 1. Using your calculator, enter

*d*(

*e*

^{∧}(

*x*),

*x*)|

*x*= 1 and obtain

*e*. Thus,

*m*=

*e*, the slope of the tangent to the curve at

*x*= 1. At

*x*= 1,

*y*=

*e*

^{1}=

*e*, and thus the point on the curve is (1,

*e*). Therefore, the equation of the tangent is

*y*–

*e*=

*e*(

*x*– 1) or

*y*=

*ex*. (See Figure 7.2-1 .)

**Figure 7.2-1**

• Never leave a multiple-choice question blank. There is no penalty for incorrect answers.

### 7.3 Implicit Differentiation

**Main Concept:** Procedure for Implicit Differentiation

#### Procedure for Implicit Differentiation

Given an equation containing the variables *x* and *y* for which you cannot easily solve for *y* in terms of *x* , you can find by doing the following:

Steps

1: Differentiate each term of the equation with respect to *x* .

2: Move all terms containing to the left side of the equation and all other terms to the right side.

3: Factor out on the left side of the equation.

4: Solve for .

#### Example 1

Find if *y* ^{2} – 7*y* + *x* ^{2} – 4*x* = 10.

Step 1: Differentiate each term of the equation with respect to *x* . (Note that *y* is treated as a function of *x* .)

Step 2: Move all terms containing to the left side of the equation and all other terms to the right: .

Step 3: Factor out .

Step 4: Solve for .

#### Example 2

Given *x* ^{3} + *y* ^{3} = 6*xy* , find .

Step 1: Differentiate each term with respect to .

Step 2: Move all terms to the left side: .

Step 3: Factor out .

Step 4: Solve for .

#### Example 3

Find if (*x* + *y* ) ^{2} – (*x* – *y* ) ^{2} = *x* ^{5} + *y* ^{5} .

Step 1: Differentiate each term with respect to *x* :

Distributing 2(*x* + *y* ) and –2(*x* – *y* ), you have.

Step 2: Move all terms to the left side:

Step 3: Factor out :

Step 4: Solve for .

#### Example 4

Write an equation of the tangent to the curve *x* ^{2} + *y* ^{2} + 19 = 2*x* + 12*y* at (4, 3). The slope of the tangent to the curve at (4, 3) is equivalent to the derivative at (4, 3).

Using implicit differentiation, you have:

Thus, the equation of the tangent is *y* – 3 = (1)(*x* – 4) or *y* – 3 = *x* – 4.

#### Example 5

Find , if sin(*x* + *y* ) = 2*x* .

.

### 7.4 Approximating a Derivative

Given a continuous and differentiable function, you can find the approximate value of a derivative at a given point numerically. Here are two examples.

#### Example 1

The graph of a function *f* on [0, 5] is shown in Figure 7.4-1 . Find the approximate value of *f* ′(3).

**Figure 7.4-1**

Since *f* ′(3) is equivalent to the slope of the tangent to *f* (*x* ) at *x* = 3, there are several ways you can find its approximate value.

Method 1: Use the slope of the line segment joining the points at *x* = 3 and *x* = 4.

Method 2: Use the slope of the line segment joining the points at *x* = 2 and *x* = 3.

Method 3: Use the slope of the line segment joining the points at *x* = 2 and *x* = 4.

Note that is the average of the results from methods 1 and 2.

Thus, *f* ′(3) ≈ 1, 2, or depending on which line segment you use.

#### Example 2

Let *f* be a continuous and differentiable function. Selected values of *f* are shown below. Find the approximate value of *f* ′ at *x* = 1.

You can use the difference quotient to approximate *f* ′(*a* ).

Or, you can use the symmetric difference quotient to approximate *f* ′(*a* ).

Thus, *f* ′(3) ≈ 0.49, 0.465, 0.54, or 0.63 depending on your method.

Note that *f* is decreasing on (–2, –1) and increasing on (–1, 3). Using the symmetric difference quotient with *h* = 3 would not be accurate. (See Figure 7.4-2 .)

**Figure 7.4-2**

• Remember that the because the .

### 7.5 Derivatives of Inverse Functions

Let *f* be a one-to-one differentiable function with inverse function *f* ^{–1} . If *f* ′(*f* ^{–1} (*a* )) ≠ 0, then the inverse function *f* ^{–1} is differentiable at *a* and (*f* ^{–1} )′(*a* ) = . (See Figure 7.5-1 .)

**Figure 7.5-1**

If *y* = *f* ^{–1} (*x* ) so that *x* = *f* (*y* ), then with .

#### Example 1

If *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} + 2*x* – 10, find (*f* ^{–1} )′(*x* ).

Step 1: Check if (*f* ^{–1} )′(*x* ) exists. *f* ′(*x* ) = 3*x* ^{2} + 2 and *f* ′(*x* ) > 0 for all real values of *x* . Thus, *f* (*x* ) is strictly increasing which implies that *f* (*x* ) is 1 – 1. Therefore, (*f* ^{–1} )′(*x* ) exists.

Step 2: Let *y* = *f* (*x* ) and thus *y* = *x* ^{3} + 2*x* – 10.

Step 3: Interchange *x* and *y* to obtain the inverse function *x* = *y* ^{3} + 2*y* – 10.

Step 4: Differentiate with respect to .

Step 5: Apply formula

#### Example 2

Example 1 could have been done by using implicit differentiation.

Step 1: Let *y* = *f* (*x* ), and thus *y* = *x* ^{3} + 2*x* – 10.

Step 2: Interchange *x* and *y* to obtain the inverse function *x* = *y* ^{3} + 2*y* – 10.

Step 3: Differentiate each term implicitly with respect to *x* .

Step 4: Solve for .

#### Example 3

If *f* (*x* ) = 2*x* ^{5} + *x* ^{3} + 1, find (a) *f* ′(1) and *f* ′(1) and (b) (*f* ^{–1} )(4) and (*f* ^{–1} )′(4).

Enter *y* 1 = 2*x* ^{5} + *x* ^{3} + 1. Since *y* 1 is strictly increasing, *f* (*x* ) has an inverse.

(a) *f* (1) = 2(1)^{5} + (1)^{3} + 1 = 4

*f* ′(*x* ) = 10*x* ^{4} + 3*x* ^{2}

*f* ′(1) = 10(1)^{4} + 3(1)^{2} = 13

(b) Since *f* (1) = 4 implies the point (1, 4) is on the curve *f* (*x* ) = 2*x* ^{5} + *x* ^{3} + 1, therefore, the point (4, 1) (which is the reflection of (1, 4) on *y* = *x* ) is on the curve (*f* ^{–1} )(*x* ). Thus, (*f* ^{–1} )(4) = 1.

#### Example 4

If *f* (*x* ) = 5*x* ^{3} + *x* + 8, find (*f* ^{–1} )′(8).

Enter *y* 1 = 5*x* ^{3} + *x* + 8. Since *y* 1 is strictly increasing near *x* = 8, *f* (*x* ) has an inverse near *x* = 8.

Note that *f* (0) = 5(0)^{3} + 0 + 8 = 8 which implies the point (0, 8) is on the curve of *f* (*x* ).

Thus, the point (8, 0) is on the curve of (*f* ^{–1} )(*x* ).

Therefore,

• You do not have to answer every question correctly to get a 5 on the AP Calculus AB exam. But always select an answer to a multiple-choice question. There is no penalty for incorrect answers.

### 7.6 Higher Order Derivatives

If the derivative *f* ′ of a function *f* is differentiable, then the derivative of *f* ′ is the second derivative of *f* represented by *f* ″ (reads as *f* double prime). You can continue to differentiate *f* as long as there is differentiability.

#### Some of the Symbols of Higher Order Derivatives

Note that .

#### Example 1

If *y* = 5*x* ^{3} + 7*x* – 10, find the first four derivatives.

#### Example 2

If , find *f* ″ (4).

Rewrite: and differentiate: .

Differentiate again:

#### Example 3

If *y* = *x* cos *x* , find *y* ″.

Or, you can use a calculator and enter *d* [*x* ^{∗} cos *x* , *x* , 2] and obtain the same result.

### 7.7 *L’Hôpital’s* Rule for Indeterminate Forms

Let lim represent one of the limits: or . Suppose *f* (*x* ) and *g* (*x* ) are differentiable and *g* ′(*x* ) = 0 near *c* , except possibly at *c* , and suppose lim *f* (*x* ) = 0 and lim *g* (*x* ) = 0. Then the is an indeterminate form of the type . Also, if lim *f* (*x* ) = ±∞ and lim *g* (*x* ) = ±∞, then the , is an indeterminate form of the type . In both cases, and , *L’Hôpital’s* Rule states that lim = lim .

#### Example 1

Find lim , if it exists.

Since , this limit is an indeterminate form. Taking the derivatives, and . By *L’Hôpital’s* Rule, .

#### Example 2

Find , if it exists.

Rewriting as shows that the limit is an indeterminate form, since and . Differentiating and applying *L’Hôpital’s* Rule means that . Unfortunately, this new limit is also indeterminate. However, it is possible to apply *L’Hôpital’s* Rule again, so equals to . This expression approaches zero as *x* becomes large, so .

### 7.8 Rapid Review

1. If *y* = *e ^{x} *

^{3}, find .

*Answer:* Using the chain rule, .

2. Evaluate .

*Answer:* The limit is equivalent to .

3. Find *f* ′(*x* ) if *f* (*x* ) = ln(3*x* ).

*Answer:* .

4. Find the approximate value of *f* ′(3). (See Figure 7.8-1 .)

**Figure 7.8-1**

*Answer:* Using the slope of the line segment joining (2, 1) and (4, 3), .

5. Find if *xy* = 5*x* ^{2} .

*Answer:* Using implicit differentiation, . Thus, .

Or simply solve for *y* leading to *y* = 5*x* and thus, .

6. If , find .

*Answer:* Rewrite *y* = 5*x* ^{-} 2. Then, = and .

7. Using a calculator, write an equation of the line tangent to the graph *f* (*x* ) = –2*x* ^{4} at the point where *f* ′(*x* ) = –1.

*Answer: f* ′(*x* ) = –8*x* ^{3} . Using a calculator, enter [*Solve* ] [–8*x* ^{∧} 3 =-1, *x* ] and obtain . Using the calculator . Thus, tangent is .

8.

*Answer* : Since consider .

9.

*Answer* : Since consider .

### 7.9 Practice Problems

**Part A The use of a calculator is not allowed.**

Find the derivative of each of the following functions.

1 . *y* = 6*x* ^{5} – *x* + 10

2 .

3 .

4 .

5 . *f* (*x* ) = (3*x* – 2)^{5} (*x* ^{2} – 1)

6 .

7 . *y* = 10 cot(2*x* – 1)

8 . *y* = 3*x* sec(3*x* )

9 . *y* = 10 cos[sin(*x* ^{2} – 4)]

10 . *y* = 8 cos^{–1} (2*x* )

11 . *y* = 3*e* ^{5} + 4*xe ^{x} *

12 . *y* = ln(*x* ^{2} + 3)

**Part B Calculators are allowed.**

13 . Find , if *x* ^{2} + *y* ^{3} = 10 – 5*xy* .

14 . The graph of a function *f* on [1, 5] is shown in Figure 7.9-1 . Find the approximate value of *f* ′(4).

**Figure 7.9-1**

15 . Let *f* be a continuous and differentiable function. Selected values of *f* are shown below. Find the approximate value of *f* ′ at *x* = 2.

16 . If *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{5} + 3*x* – 8, find (*f* ^{–1} )′(–8).

17 . Write an equation of the tangent to the curve *y* = ln *x* at *x* = *e* .

18 . If *y* = 2*x* sin *x* , find at .

19 . If the function *f* (*x* ) = (*x* – 1)^{2} /3 + 2, find all points where *f* is not differentiable.

20 . Write an equation of the normal line to the curve *x* cos *y* = 1 at .

21 .

22 .

23 .

24 .

25 .

### 7.10 Cumulative Review Problems

**(Calculator) indicates that calculators are permitted.**

26 . Find

27 . If *f* (*x* ) = cos^{2} (*π* – *x* ), find *f* ′(0).

28 . Find .

29 . (Calculator) Let *f* be a continuous and differentiable function. Selected values of *f* are shown below. Find the approximate value of *f* ′ at *x* = 2.

30 . (Calculator) If determine if *f* (*x* ) is continuous at (*x* = 3). Explain why or why not.

### 7.11 Solutions to Practice Problems

**Part A The use of a calculator is not allowed.**

1 . Applying the power rule, .

2 . Rewrite as *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{–1} + *x* ^{–2/3} . Differentiate: .

3 . Rewrite .

Differentiate: .

An alternate method is to differentiate directly, using the quotient rule.

4 . Applying the quotient rule,

5 . Applying the product rule, *u* = (3*x* – 2)^{5} and *v* = (*x* ^{2} – 1), and then the chain rule,

6 . Rewrite as.

Applying first the chain rule and then the quotient rule,

Note: ,

if which implies or .

Another method is to write and use the product rule.

Another method is to write *y* = (2*x* + 1)^{1/2} (2*x* – 1)^{1/2} and use the product rule.

7 . Let *u* = 2*x* – 1,

8 . Using the product rule,

9 . Using the chain rule, let *u* = sin(*x* ^{2} – 4).

10 . Using the chain rule, let *u* = 2*x* .

11 . Since 3*e* ^{5} is a constant, its derivative is 0.

12 . Let

**Part B Calculators are allowed.**

13 . Using implicit differentiation, differentiate each term with respect to *x* .

14 . Since *f* ′(4) is equivalent to the slope of the tangent to *f* (*x* ) at *x* = 4, there are several ways you can find its approximate value.

Method 1: Use the slope of the line segment joining the points at *x* = 4 and *x* = 5.

Method 2: Use the slope of the line segment joining the points at *x* = 3 and *x* = 4.

Method 3: Use the slope of the line segment joining the points at *x* = 3 and *x* = 5.

Note that –2 is the average of the results from methods 1 and 2. Thus *f* ′(4) ≈ –3, –1, or –2 depending on which line segment you use.

15 . You can use the difference quotient to approximate *f* ′(*a* ). Let *h* = 1; .

Or, you can use the symmetric difference quotient to approximate *f* ′(*a* ).

Let *h* = 1; .

Thus, *f* ′(2) ≈ 4 or 5 depending on your method.

16 . Enter *y* 1 = *x* ^{5} + 3*x* – 8. The graph of *y* 1 is strictly increasing. Thus *f* (*x* ) has an inverse. Note that *f* (0) = –8. Thus the point (0, –8) is on the graph of *f* (*x* ) which implies that the point (–8, 0) is on the graph of *f* ^{–} 1(*x* ).

*f* ′(*x* ) = 5*x* ^{4} + 3 and *f* ′(0) = 3*.*

Since , thus .

17 . and Thus the slope of the tangent to *y* = ln *x* at *x* = *e* is . At *x* = *e* , *y* = ln *x* = ln *e* = 1, which means the point (*e* ,1) is on the curve of *y* = ln *x* . Therefore, an equation of the tangent is or See Figure 7.11-1 .

**Figure 7.11-1**

18 .

Or, using a calculator, enter *d* (2*x* – sin(*x* ), *x* , 2) and obtain –*π* .

19 . Enter *y* 1 = (*x* – 1)^{2} /3 + 2 in your calculator. The graph of *y* 1 forms a cusp at *x* = 1. Therefore, *f* is not differentiable at *x* = 1.

20 . Differentiate with respect to *x* :

Thus, the slope of the tangent to the curve at (2, *π* /3) is The slope of the normal line to the curve at (2, *π* /3) is . Therefore an equation of the normal line is .

21 .

22 .

23 .

24 .

25 .

### 7.12 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

26 . The expression the derivative of sin *x* at *x* = *π* /2 which is the slope of the tangent to sin *x* at *x* = *π* /2. The tangent to sin *x* at *x* = *π* /2 is parallel to the *x* -axis.

Therefore the slope is 0, i.e., . An alternate method is to expand sin .

27 . Using the chain rule, let *u* = (*π* – *x* ).

Then,

28 . Since the degree of the polynomial in the denominator is greater than the degree of the polynomial in the numerator, the limit is 0.

29 . You can use the differencequotient to approximate *f* ′(*a* )*.*

Or, you can use the symmetric difference quotient to approximate *f* ′(*a* ).

Thus, *f* ′(2) = 1.7, 2.05, or 1.25 depending on your method.

30 . (See Figure 7.12–1 .) Checking the three conditions of continuity:

**Figure 7.12-1**

(1) *f* (3) = 3

(2)

(3) Since , *f* (*x* ) is discontinuous at *x* = 3.

## CHAPTER 8

## Big Idea 2: Derivatives

## Graphs of Functions and Derivatives

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary:** Many questions on the AP Calculus AB exam involve working with graphs of a function and its derivatives. In this chapter, you will learn how to use derivatives both algebraically and graphically to determine the behavior of a function. Applications of Rolle’s Theorem, the Mean Value Theorem, and the Extreme Value Theorem are also shown.

**Key Ideas**

Rolle’s Theorem, Mean Value Theorem, and Extreme Value Theorem

Test for Increasing and Decreasing Functions

First and Second Derivative Tests for Relative Extrema

Test for Concavity and Point of Inflection

Curve Sketching

Graphs of Derivatives

### 8.1 Rolle’s Theorem, Mean Value Theorem, and Extreme Value Theorem

**Main Concepts:** Rolle’s Theorem, Mean Value Theorem, Extreme Value Theorem

• Set your calculator to Radians and change it to Degrees if/when you need to. Do not forget to change it back to Radians after you have finished using it in Degrees.

#### Rolle’s Theorem

If *f* is a function that satisfies the following three conditions:

1. *f* is continuous on a closed interval [*a* , *b* ]

2. *f* is differentiable on the open interval (*a* , *b* )

3. *f* (*a* ) = *f* (*b* ) = 0

then there exists a number *c* in (*a* , *b* ) such that *f* ′(*c* ) = 0. (See Figure 8.1-1 .)

**Figure 8.1-1**

Note that if you change condition 3 from *f* (*a* ) = *f* (*b* ) = 0 to *f* (*a* ) = *f* (*b* ), the conclusion of Rolle’s Theorem is still valid.

#### Mean Value Theorem

If *f* is a function that satisfies the following conditions:

1. *f* is continuous on a closed interval [*a* , *b* ]

2. *f* is differentiable on the open interval (*a* , *b* )

then there exists a number *c* in (*a* , *b* ) such that . (See Figure 8.1-2 .)

**Figure 8.1-2**

#### Example 1

If *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} + 4*x* – 5, show that the hypotheses of Rolle’s Theorem are satisfied on the interval [–4, 0] and find all values of *c* that satisfy the conclusion of the theorem. Check the three conditions in the hypotheses of Rolle’s Theorem:

(1) *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} + 4*x* – 5 is continuous everywhere since it is polynomial.

(2) The derivative *f* ′(*x* ) = 2*x* + 4 is defined for all numbers and thus is differentiable on (–4, 0).

(3) *f* (0) = *f* (–4) = –5. Therefore, there exists a *c* in (–4, 0) such that *f* ′(*c* ) = 0. To find *c* , set *f* ′(*x* ) = 0. Thus, 2*x* + 4 = 0 ⇒ *x* = –2, i.e., *f* ′(–2) = 0. (See Figure 8.1-3 .)

**Figure 8.1-3**

#### Example 2

Let . Using Rolle’s Theorem, show that there exists a number *c* in the domain of *f* such that *f* ′(*c* ) = 0. Find all values of *c* .

Note *f* (*x* ) is a polynomial and thus *f* (*x* ) is continuous and differentiable everywhere.

Enter . The zeros of *y* 1 are approximately –2.3, 0.9, and 2.9 i.e., *f* (–2.3) = *f* (0.9) = *f* (2.9) = 0. Therefore, there exists at least one *c* in the interval (–2.3, 0.9) and at least one *c* in the interval (0.9, 2.9) such that *f* ′(*c* ) = 0. Use *d* [*Differentiate* ] to find *f* ′(*x* ): *f* ′(*x* ) = *x* ^{2} – *x* – 2. Set *f* ′(*x* ) = 0 ⇒ *x* ^{2} – *x* – 2 = 0 or (*x* – 2)(*x* + 1) = 0.

Thus, *x* = 2 or *x* = –1, which implies *f* ′(2) = 0 and *f* ′(–1) = 0. Therefore, the values of *c* are –1 and 2. (See Figure 8.1-4 .)

**Figure 8.1-4**

#### Example 3

The points *P* (1, 1) and *Q* (3, 27) are on the curve *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} . Using the Mean Value Theorem, find *c* in the interval (1, 3) such that *f* ′(*c* ) is equal to the slope of the secant .

The slope of secant is . Since *f* (*x* ) is defined for all real numbers, *f* (*x* ) is continuous on [1, 3]. Also *f* ′(*x* ) = 3*x* ^{2} is defined for all real numbers. Thus, *f* (*x* ) is differentiable on (1, 3). Therefore, there exists a number *c* in (1, 3) such that *f* ′(*c* ) = 13.

Set *f* ′(*c* ) = 13 ⇒ 3(*c* )^{2} = 13 or . Since only is in the interval (1, 3), . (See Figure 8.1-5 .)

**Figure 8.1-5**

#### Example 4

Let *f* be the function *f* (*x* ) = (*x* – 1)^{2/3} . Determine if the hypotheses of the Mean Value Theorem are satisfied on the interval [0, 2], and if so, find all values of *c* that satisfy the conclusion of the theorem.

Enter *y* 1 = (*x* – 1)^{2/3} . The graph *y* 1 shows that there is a cusp at *x* = 1. Thus, *f* (*x* ) is not differentiable on (0, 2) which implies there may or may not exist a *c* in (0, 2) such that . The derivative and . Set . Note that *f* is not differentiable (*a* + *x* = 1). Therefore, *c* does not exist. (See Figure 8.1-6 .)

**Figure 8.1-6**

• The formula for finding the area of an equilateral triangle is where *s* is the length of a side. You might need this to find the volume of a solid whose cross sections are equilateral triangles.

#### Extreme Value Theorem

If *f* is a continuous function on a closed interval [*a* , *b* ], then *f* has both a maximum and a minimum value on the interval.

#### Example 1

If *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} + 3*x* ^{2} – 1, find the maximum and minimum values of *f* on [– 2, 2]. Since *f* (*x* ) is a polynomial, it is a continuous function everywhere. Enter *y* 1 = *x* ^{3} + 3*x* ^{2} – 1. The graph of *y* 1 indicates that *f* has a minimum of –1 at *x* = 0 and a maximum value of 19 at *x* = 2. (See Figure 8.1-7 .)

**Figure 8.1-7**

#### Example 2

If , find any maximum and minimum values of *f* on [0, 3]. Since *f* (*x* ) is a rational function, it is continuous everywhere except at values where the denominator is 0. In this case, at *x* = 0, *f* (*x* ) is undefined. Since *f* (*x* ) is not continuous on [0, 3], the Extreme Value Theorem may not be applicable. Enter . The graph of *y* 1 shows that as *x* → 0^{+} , *f* (*x* ) increases without bound (i.e., *f* (*x* ) goes to infinity). Thus, *f* has no maximum value. The minimum value occurs at the endpoint *x* = 3 and the minimum value is . (See Figure 8.1-8 .)

**Figure 8.1-8**

### 8.2 Determining the Behavior of Functions

**Main Concepts:** Test for Increasing and Decreasing Functions, First Derivative Test and Second Derivative Test for Relative Extrema, Test for Concavity and Points of Inflection

#### Test for Increasing and Decreasing Functions

Let *f* be a continuous function on the closed interval [*a* , *b* ] and differentiable on the open interval (*a* , *b* ).

1. If *f* ′(*x* ) > 0 on (*a* , *b* ), then *f* is increasing on [*a* , *b* ].

2. If *f* ′(*x* ) < 0 on (*a* , *b* ), then *f* is decreasing on [*a* , *b* ].

3. If *f* ′(*x* ) = 0 on (*a* , *b* ), then *f* is constant on [*a* , *b* ].

*Definition:* Let *f* be a function defined at a number *c* . Then *c* is a critical number of *f* if either *f* ′(*c* ) = 0 or *f* ′ (*c* ) does not exist. (See Figure 8.2-1 .)

**Figure 8.2-1**

#### Example 1

Find the critical numbers of *f* (*x* ) = 4*x* ^{3} + 2*x* ^{2} .

To find the critical numbers of *f* (*x* ), you have to determine where *f* ′(*x* ) = 0 and where *f* ′(*x* ) does not exist. Note *f* ′(*x* ) = 12*x* ^{2} + 4*x* , and *f* ′(*x* ) is defined for all real numbers. Let *f* ′(*x* ) = 0 and thus 12*x* ^{2} + 4*x* = 0, which implies 4*x* (3*x* + 1) = 0 ⇒ *x* = –1/3 or *x* = 0. Therefore, the critical numbers of *f* are 0 and –1/3. (See Figure 8.2-2 .)

**Figure 8.2-2**

#### Example 2

Find the critical numbers of *f* (*x* ) = (*x* – 3)^{2/5} .

. Note that *f* ′(*x* ) is undefined at *x* = 3 and that *f* ′(*x* ) ≠ 0. Therefore, 3 is the only critical number of *f* . (See Figure 8.2-3 .)

**Figure 8.2-3**

#### Example 3

The graph of *f* ′ on (1, 6) is shown in Figure 8.2-4 . Find the intervals on which *f* is increasing or decreasing.

**Figure 8.2-4**

Solution: (See Figure 8.2-5 .)

**Figure 8.2-5**

Thus, *f* is decreasing on [1, 2] and [5, 6] and increasing on [2, 5].

#### Example 4

Find the open intervals on which *f* (*x* ) = (*x* ^{2} – 9)^{2/3} is increasing or decreasing.

Step 1: Find the critical numbers of *f* .

Set *f* ′(*x* ) = 0 ⇒ 4*x* = 0 or *x* = 0.

Since *f* ′(*x* ) is a rational function, *f* ′(*x* ) is undefined at values where the denominator is 0. Thus, set *x* ^{2} – 9 = 0 ⇒ *x* = 3 or *x* = –3. Therefore, the critical numbers are –3, 0, and 3.

Step 2: Determine intervals.

Intervals are (–∞, –3), (–3, 0), (0, 3), and (3, ∞).

Step 3: Set up a table.

Step 4: Write a conclusion. Therefore, *f* (*x* ) is increasing on [–3, 0] and [3, ∞) and decreasing on (– ∞, –3] and [0, 3]. (See Figure 8.2-6 .)

**Figure 8.2-6**

#### Example 5

The derivative of a function *f* is given as *f* ′(*x* ) = cos(*x* ^{2} ). Using a calculator, find the values of *x* on such that *f* is increasing. (See Figure 8.2-7 .)

**Figure 8.2-7**

Using the [*Zero* ] function of the calculator, you obtain *x* = 1.25331 is a zero of *f* ′ on . Since *f* ′(*x* ) = cos(*x* ^{2} ) is an even function, *x* = –1.25331 is also a zero on . (See Figure 8.2-8 .)

**Figure 8.2-8**

Thus, *f* is increasing on [–1.2533, 1.2533].

• Be sure to bubble in the right grid. You have to be careful in filling in the bubbles especially when you skip a question.

#### First Derivative Test and Second Derivative Test for Relative Extrema

#### First Derivative Test for Relative Extrema

Let *f* be a continuous function and *c* be a critical number of *f* . (Figure 8.2-9 .)

**Figure 8.2-9**

1. If *f* ′(*x* ) changes from positive to negative at *x* = *c* (*f* ′ > 0 for *x< c* and *f* ′ < 0 for *x* > *c* ), then *f* has a relative maximum at *c* .

2. If *f* ′(*x* ) changes from negative to positive at *x* = *c* (*f* ′ < 0 for *x < c* and *f* ′ > 0 for *x* > *c* ), then *f* has a relative minimum at *c* .

#### Second Derivative Test for Relative Extrema

Let *f* be a continuous function at a number *c* .

1. If *f* ′(*c* ) = 0 and *f* ″(*c* ) < 0, then *f* (*c* ) is a relative maximum.

2. If *f* ′(*c* ) = 0 and *f* ″(*c* ) > 0, then *f* (*c* ) is a relative minimum.

3. If *f* ′(*c* ) = 0 and *f* ″(*c* ) = 0, then the test is inconclusive. Use the First Derivative Test.

#### Example 1

The graph of *f* ′, the derivative of a function *f* , is shown in Figure 8.2-10 . Find the relative extrema of *f* .

**Figure 8.2-10**

Solution: (See Figure 8.2-11 .)

**Figure 8.2-11**

Thus, *f* has a relative maximum at *x* = –2, and a relative minimum at *x* = 3.

#### Example 2

Find the relative extrema for the function .

Step 1: Find *f* ′(*x* ).

*f* ′(*x* ) = *x* ^{2} – 2*x* – 3

Step 2: Find all critical numbers of *f* (*x* ).

Note that *f* ′(*x* ) is defined for all real numbers.

Set *f* ″(*x* ) = 0: *x* ^{2} – 2*x* – 3 = 0 ⇒ (*x* – 3)(*x* + 1) = 0 ⇒ *x* = 3 or *x* = –1.

Step 3: Find *f* ″(*x* ): *f* ″ (*x* ) = 2*x* – 2.

Step 4: Apply the Second Derivative Test.

*f* ″(3) = 2(3) – 2 = 4 ⇒ *f* (3) is a relative minimum.

*f* ″(–1) = 2(–1) – 2 = –4 ⇒ *f* (–1) is a relative maximum.

and .

Therefore, –9 is a relative minimum value of *f* and is a relative maximum value. (See Figure 8.2-12 .)

**Figure 8.2-12**

#### Example 3

Find the relative extrema for the function *f* (*x* ) = (*x* ^{2} – 1)^{2/3} .

#### Using the First Derivative Test

Step 1: Find *f* ′(*x* ).

Step 2: Find all critical numbers of *f* .

Set *f* ′(*x* ) = 0. Thus, 4*x* = 0 or *x* = 0.

Set *x* ^{2} – 1 = 0. Thus, *f* ′(*x* ) is undefined at *x* = 1 and *x* = –1. Therefore, the critical numbers are –1, 0, and 1.

Step 3: Determine intervals.

The intervals are (–∞, –1), (–1, 0), (0, 1), and (1, ∞).

Step 4: Set up a table.

Step 5: Write a conclusion.

Using the First Derivative Test, note that *f* (*x* ) has a relative maximum at *x* = 0 and relative minimums at *x* = –1 and *x* = 1.

Note that *f* (–1) = 0, *f* (0) = 1, and *f* (1) = 0. Therefore, 1 is a relative maximum value and 0 is a relative minimum value. (See Figure 8.2-13 .)

**Figure 8.2-13**

• Do not forget the constant, *C* , when you write the antiderivative after evaluating an indefinite integral, e.g., *∫* cos *xdx* = sin *x* + *C* .

#### Test for Concavity and Points of Inflection

#### Test for Concavity

Let *f* be a differentiable function.

1. If *f* ″ > 0 on an interval I, then *f* is concave upward on I.

2. If *f* ″ < 0 on an interval I, then *f* is concave downward on I.

(See Figures 8.2-14 and 8.2-15 .)

**Figure 8.2-14**

**Figure 8.2-15**

#### Points of Inflection

A point P on a curve is a point of inflection if:

1. the curve has a tangent line at P, and

2. the curve changes concavity at P (from concave upward to downward or from concave downward to upward).

(See Figures 8.2-16 –8.2-18 .)

**Figure 8.2-16**

**Figure 8.2-17**

**Figure 8.2-18**

Note that if a point (*a* , *f* (*a* )) is a point of inflection, then *f* ″(*c* ) = 0 or *f* ″(*c* ) does not exist. (The converse of the statement is not necessarily true.)

Note: There are some textbooks that define a point of inflection as a point where the concavity changes and do not require the existence of a tangent at the point of inflection. In that case, the point at the cusp in Figure 8.2-18 would be a point of inflection.

#### Example 1

The graph of *f* ′, the derivative of a function *f* , is shown in Figure 8.2-19 . Find the points of inflection of *f* and determine where the function *f* is concave upward and where it is concave downward on [–3, 5].

**Figure 8.2-19**

Solution: (See Figure 8.2-20 .)

**Figure 8.2-20**

Thus, *f* is concave upward on [–3, 0) and (3, 5], and is concave downward on (0, 3).

There are two points of inflection: one at *x* = 0 and the other at *x* = 3.

#### Example 2

Using a calculator, find the values of *x* at which the graph of *y* = *x* ^{2} *e ^{x} * changes concavity.

Enter *y* 1 = *x* ^{∧} 2 ∗ *e* ^{∧} *x* and *y* 2 = *d* (*y* 1(*x* ), *x* , 2). The graph of *y* 2, the second derivative of *y* , is shown in Figure 8.2-21 . Using the [*Zero* ] function, you obtain *x* = –3.41421 and *x* = –0.585786. (See Figures 8.2-21 and 8.2-22 .)

**Figure 8.2-21**

**Figure 8.2-22**

Thus, *f* changes concavity at *x* = –3.41421 and *x* = –0.585786.

#### Example 3

Find the points of inflection of *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} – 6*x* ^{2} + 12*x* – 8 and determine the intervals where the function *f* is concave upward and where it is concave downward.

Step 1: Find *f* ′(*x* ) and *f* ″(*x* ).

*f* ′(*x* ) = 3*x* ^{2} – 12*x* + 12

*f* ″(*x* ) = 6*x* – 12

Step 2: Set *f* ″(*x* ) = 0.

6*x* – 12 = 0

*x* = 2

Note that *f* ″(*x* ) is defined for all real numbers.

Step 3: Determine intervals.

The intervals are (–∞, 2) and (2, ∞).

Step 4: Set up a table.

Since *f* (*x* ) has change of concavity at *x* = 2, the point (2, *f* (2)) is a point of inflection. *f* (2) = (2)^{3} – 6(2)^{2} + 12(2) – 8 = 0.

Step 5: Write a conclusion.

Thus, *f* (*x* ) is concave downward on (–∞, 2), concave upward on (2, ∞), and *f* (*x* ) has a point of inflection at (2, 0). (See Figure 8.2-23 .)

**Figure 8.2-23**

#### Example 4

Find the points of inflection of *f* (*x* ) = (*x* – 1)^{2/3} and determine the intervals where the function *f* is concave upward and where it is concave downward.

Step 1: Find *f* ′(*x* ) and *f* ″(*x* ).

Step 2: Find all values of *x* where *f* ″(*x* ) = 0 or *f* ″(*x* ) is undefined.

Note that *f* ″(*x* ) ≠ 0 and that *f* ″(1) is undefined.

Step 3: Determine intervals.

The intervals are (–∞, 1) and (1, ∞).

Step 4: Set up a table.

Note that since *f* (*x* ) has no change of concavity at *x* = 1, *f* does not have a point of inflection.

Step 5: Write a conclusion.

Therefore, *f* (*x* ) is concave downward on (–∞, ∞) and has no point of inflection. (See Figure 8.2-24 .)

**Figure 8.2-24**

#### Example 5

The graph of *f* is shown in Figure 8.2-25 and *f* is twice differentiable. Which of the following statements is true?

**Figure 8.2-25**

(A) *f* (5) < *f* ′(5) < *f* ″(5)

(B) *f* ″(5) < *f* ′(5) < *f* (5)

(C) *f* ′(5) < *f* (5) < *f* ″(5)

(D) *f* ′(5) < *f* ″(5) < *f* (5)

The graph indicates that (1) *f* (5) = 0; (2) *f* ′(5) < 0, since *f* is decreasing; and (3) *f* ″(5) > 0, since *f* is concave upward. Thus, *f* ′(5) < *f* (5) < *f* ″(5), choice (C).

• Move on. Do not linger on a problem too long. Make an educated guess. You can earn many more points from other problems.

### 8.3 Sketching the Graphs of Functions

**Main Concepts:** Graphing without Calculators, Graphing with Calculators

#### Graphing without Calculators

#### General Procedure for Sketching the Graph of a Function

Steps:

1. Determine the domain and if possible the range of the function *f* (*x* ).

2. Determine if the function has any symmetry, i.e., if the function is even (*f* (*x* ) = *f* (–*x* )), odd (*f* (*x* ) = –*f* (–*x* )), or periodic (*f* (*x* + *p* ) = *f* (*x* )).

3. Find *f* ′(*x* ) and *f* ″(*x* ).

4. Find all critical numbers (*f* ′(*x* ) = 0 or *f* ′(*x* ) is undefined) and possible points of inflection (*f* ″(*x* ) = 0 or *f* ″(*x* ) is undefined).

5. Using the numbers in Step 4, determine the intervals on which to analyze *f* (*x* ).

6. Set up a table using the intervals, to

(a) determine where *f* (*x* ) is increasing or decreasing.

(b) find relative and absolute extrema.

(c) find points of inflection.

(d) determine the concavity of *f* (*x* ) on each interval.

7. Find any horizontal, vertical, or slant asymptotes.

8. If necessary, find the *x* -intercepts, the *y* -intercepts, and a few selected points.

9. Sketch the graph.

#### Example 1

Sketch the graph of .

Step 1: Domain: all real numbers *x* ≠ ± 5.

Step 2: Symmetry: *f* (*x* ) is an even function (*f* (*x* ) = *f* (–*x* )); symmetrical with respect to the *y* -axis.

Step 3:

Step 4: Critical numbers:

*f* ′(*x* ) = 0 ⇒ –42*x* = 0 or *x* = 0

*f* ′(*x* ) is undefined at *x* = ±5 which are not in the domain.

Possible points of inflection:

*f* ″(*x* ) ≠ 0 and *f* ″(*x* ) is undefined at *x* = ±5 which are not in the domain.

Step 5: Determine intervals:

Intervals are (–∞, –5), (–5, 0), (0, 5), and (5, ∞).

Step 6: Set up a table:

Step 7: Vertical asymptote: *x* = 5 and *x* = –5

Horizontal asymptote: *y* = 1

Step 8:

*x* -intercept: (–2, 0) and (2, 0)

(See Figure 8.3-1 .)

**Figure 8.3-1**

#### Graphing with Calculators

#### Example 1

Using a calculator, sketch the graph of *f* (*x* ) = –*x* ^{5/3} + 3*x* ^{2/3} indicating all relative extrema, points of inflection, horizontal and vertical asymptotes, intervals where *f* (*x* ) is increasing or decreasing, and intervals where *f* (*x* ) is concave upward or downward.

1. Domain: all real numbers; Range: all real numbers

2. No symmetry

3. Relative maximum: (1.2, 2.03)

Relative minimum: (0, 0)

Points of inflection: (–0.6, 2.56)

4. No asymptote

5. *f* (*x* ) is decreasing on (–∞, 0], [1.2, ∞) and increasing on (0, 1.2).

6. Evaluating *f* ″(*x* ) on either side of the point of inflection (–0.6, 2.56)

⇒ *f* (*x* ) is concave upward on (–∞, –0.6) and concave downward on (–0.6, ∞). (See Figure 8.3-2 .)

**Figure 8.3-2**

#### Example 2

Using a calculator, sketch the graph of *f* (*x* ) = *e* ^{–x 2 /2} , indicating all relative minimum and maximum points; points of inflection; vertical and horizontal asymptotes; and intervals on which *f* (*x* ) is increasing, decreasing, concave upward, or concave downward.

1. Domain: all real numbers; Range (0, 1]

2. Symmetry: *f* (*x* ) is an even function, and thus is symmetrical with respect to the *y* -axis.

3. Relative maximum: (0, 1)

No relative minimum

Points of inflection: (–1, 0.6) and (1, 0.6)

4. *y* = 0 is a horizontal asymptote; no vertical asymptote.

5. *f* (*x* ) is increasing on (–∞, 0] and decreasing on [0, ∞).

6. *f* (*x* ) is concave upward on (–∞, –1) and (1, ∞); and concave downward on (–1, 1).

(See Figure 8.3-3 .)

**Figure 8.3-3**

• When evaluating a definite integral, you do not have to write a constant *C* , e.g., . Notice, no *C* .

### 8.4 Graphs of Derivatives

The functions *f* , *f* ′, and *f* ″ are interrelated, and so are their graphs. Therefore, you can usually infer from the graph of one of the three functions (*f* , *f* ′, or *f* ″) and obtain information about the other two. Here are some examples.

#### Example 1

The graph of a function *f* is shown in Figure 8.4-1 . Which of the following is true for *f* on (*a* , *b* )?

**Figure 8.4-1**

I. *f* ′ ≥ 0 on (*a* , *b* )

II. *f* ″ > 0 on (*a* , *b* )

Solution:

I. Since *f* is strictly increasing, *f* ′ ≥ 0 on (*a* , *b* ) is true.

II. The graph is concave downward on (*a* , 0) and upward on (0, *b* ). Thus, *f* ″ > 0 on (0, *b* ) only. Therefore, only statement I is true.

#### Example 2

Given the graph of *f* ′ in Figure 8.4-2 , find where the function *f* : (a) has its relative maximum(s) or relative minimums, (b) is increasing or decreasing, (c) has its point(s) of inflection, (d) is concave upward or downward, and (e) if *f* (–2) = *f* (2) = 1 and *f* (0) = –3, draw a sketch of *f* .

**Figure 8.4-2**

(a) Summarize the information of *f* ′ on a number line:

The function *f* has a relative maximum at *x* = –4 and at *x* = 4, and a relative minimum at *x* = 0.

(b) The function *f* is increasing on interval (–∞, –4] and [0, 4], and *f* is decreasing on [–4, 0] and [4, ∞).

(c) Summarize the information of *f* ″ on a number line:

A change of concavity occurs at *x* = –2 and at *x* = 2 and *f* ′ exists at *x* = –2 and at *x* = 2, which implies that there is a tangent line to the graph of *f* at *x* = –2 and at *x* = 2. Therefore, *f* has a point of inflection at *x* = –2 and at *x* = 2.

(d) The graph of *f* is concave upward on the interval (–2, 2) and concave downward on (–∞, –2) and (2, ∞).

(e) A sketch of the graph of *f* is shown in Figure 8.4-3 .

**Figure 8.4-3**

#### Example 3

Given the graph of *f* ′ in Figure 8.4-4 , find where the function *f* (a) has a horizontal tangent, (b) has its relative extrema, (c) is increasing or decreasing, (d) has a point of inflection, and (e) is concave upward or downward.

**Figure 8.4-4**

(a) *f* ′(*x* ) = 0 at *x* = –4, 2, 4, 8. Thus, *f* has a horizontal tangent at these values.

(b) Summarize the information of *f* ′ on a number line:

The First Derivative Test indicates that *f* has relative maximums at *x* = –4 and 4; and *f* has relative minimums at *x* = 2 and 8.

(c) The function *f* is increasing on (–∞, –4], [2, 4], and [8, ∞) and is decreasing on [–4, 2] and [4, 8].

(d) Summarize the information of *f* ″ on a number line:

A change of concavity occurs at *x* = –1, 3, and 6. Since *f* ′(*x* ) exists, *f* has a tangent at every point. Therefore, *f* has a point of inflection at *x* = –1, 3, and 6.

(e) The function *f* is concave upward on (–1, 3) and (6, ∞) and concave downward on (–∞, –1) and (3, 6).

#### Example 4

A function *f* is continuous on the interval [–4, 3] with *f* (–4) = 6 and *f* (3) = 2 and the following properties:

(a) Find the intervals on which *f* is increasing or decreasing.

(b) Find where *f* has its absolute extrema.

(c) Find where *f* has the points of inflection.

(d) Find the intervals where *f* is concave upward or downward.

(e) Sketch a possible graph of *f* .

Solution:

(a) The graph of *f* is increasing on [1, 3] since *f* ′ > 0 and decreasing on [–4, –2] and [–2, 1] since *f* ′ < 0.

(b) At *x* = –4, *f* (*x* ) = 6. The function decreases until *x* = 1 and increases back to 2 at *x* = 3. Thus, *f* has its absolute maximum at *x* = –4 and its absolute minimum at *x* = 1.

(c) A change of concavity occurs at *x* = –2, and since *f* ′(–2) = 0, which implies a tangent line exists at *x* = –2, *f* has a point of inflection at *x* = –2.

(d) The graph of *f* is concave upward on (–4, –2) and concave downward on (–2, 1) and (1, 3).

(e) A possible sketch of *f* is shown in Figure 8.4-5 .

**Figure 8.4-5**

#### Example 5

If *f* (*x* ) = |ln(*x* + 1)|, find . (See Figure 8.4-6 .)

**Figure 8.4-6**

The domain of *f* is (–1, ∞).

*f* (0) = |ln(0 + 1)| = |ln(1)| = 0

Therefore, .

### 8.5 Rapid Review

1. If *f* ′(*x* ) = *x* ^{2} – 4, find the intervals where *f* is decreasing. (See Figure 8.5-1 .)

**Figure 8.5-1**

*Answer:* Since *f* ′(*x* ) < 0 if –2 < *x* < 2, *f* is decreasing on (–2, 2).

2. If *f* ″(*x* ) = 2*x* – 6 and *f* ′ is continuous, find the values of *x* where *f* has a point of inflection. (See Figure 8.5-2 .)

**Figure 8.5-2**

*Answer:* Thus, *f* has a point of inflection at *x* = 3.

3. (See Figure 8.5-3 .) Find the values of *x* where *f* has change of concavity.

**Figure 8.5-3**

*Answer: f* has a change of concavity at *x* = 0. (See Figure 8.5-4 .)

**Figure 8.5-4**

4. (See Figure 8.5-5 .) Find the values of *x* where *f* has a relative minimum.

**Figure 8.5-5**

*Answer: f* has a relative minimum at *x* = –2. (See Figure 8.5-6 .)

**Figure 8.5-6**

5. (See Figure 8.5-7 .) Given *f* is twice differentiable, arrange *f* (10), *f* ′(10), *f* ″(10) from smallest to largest.

**Figure 8.5-7**

*Answer: f* (10) = 0, *f* ′(10) > 0 since *f* is increasing, and *f* ″(10) < 0 since *f* is concave downward. Thus, the order is *f* ″(10), *f* (10), *f* ′(10).

6. (See Figure 8.5-8 .) Find the values of *x* where *f* ′ is concave up.

**Figure 8.5-8**

*Answer: f* ′ is concave upward on (–∞, 0). (See Figure 8.5-9 .)

**Figure 8.5-9**

### 8.6 Practice Problems

**Part A The use of a calculator is not allowed.**

1 . If *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} – *x* ^{2} – 2*x* , show that the hypotheses of Rolle’s Theorem are satisfied on the interval [–1, 2] and find all values of *c* that satisfy the conclusion of the theorem.

2 . Let *f* (*x* ) = *e ^{x} * . Show that the hypotheses of the Mean Value Theorem are satisfied on [0, 1] and find all values of

*c*that satisfy the conclusion of the theorem.

3 . Determine the intervals in which the graph of is concave upward or downward.

4 . Given *f* (*x* ) = *x* + sin *x* 0 ≤ *x* ≤ 2*π* , find all points of inflection of *f* .

5 . Show that the absolute minimum of on [– 5, 5] is 0 and the absolute maximum is 5.

6 . Given the function *f* in Figure 8.6-1 , identify the points where:

(a) *f* ′ < 0 and *f* ″ > 0,

(b) *f* ′ < 0 and *f* ″ < 0,

(c) *f* ′ = 0,

(d) *f* ″ does not exist.

**Figure 8.6-1**

7 . Given the graph of *f* ″ in Figure 8.6-2 , determine the values of *x* at which the function *f* has a point of inflection.

**Figure 8.6-2**

8 . If *f* ″(*x* ) = *x* ^{2} (*x* + 3)(*x* – 5), find the values of *x* at which the graph of *f* has a change of concavity.

9 . The graph of *f* ′ on [–3, 3] is shown in Figure 8.6-3 . Find the values of *x* on [–3, 3] such that (a) *f* is increasing and (b) *f* is concave downward.

**Figure 8.6-3**

10 . The graph of *f* is shown in Figure 8.6-4 and *f* is twice differentiable. Which of the following has the largest value:

(a) *f* (–1)

(b) *f* ′(–1)

(c) *f* ″(–1)

(d) *f* (–1) and *f* ′(–1)

**Figure 8.6-4**

Sketch the graphs of the following functions indicating any relative and absolute extrema, points of inflection, intervals on which the function is increasing, decreasing, concave upward, or concave downward.

11 . *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{4} – *x* ^{2}

12 .

**Part B Calculators are allowed.**

13 . Given the graph of *f* ′ in Figure 8.6-5 , determine at which of the four values of *x* (*x* _{1} , *x* _{2} , *x* _{3} , *x* _{4} ) *f* has:

(a) the largest value,

(b) the smallest value,

(c) a point of inflection,

(d) and at which of the four values of *x* does *f* ″ have the largest value.

**Figure 8.6-5**

14 . Given the graph of *f* in Figure 8.6-6 , determine at which values of *x* is

(a) *f* ′(*x* ) = 0

(b) *f* ″(*x* ) = 0

(c) *f* ′ a decreasing function

**Figure 8.6-6**

15 . A function *f* is continuous on the interval [–2, 5] with *f* (–2) = 10 and *f* (5) = 6 and the following properties:

(a) Find the intervals on which *f* is increasing or decreasing.

(b) Find where *f* has its absolute extrema.

(c) Find where *f* has points of inflection.

(d) Find the intervals where *f* is concave upward or downward.

(e) Sketch a possible graph of *f* .

16 . Given the graph of *f* ′ in Figure 8.6-7 , find where the function *f*

(a) has its relative extrema.

(b) is increasing or decreasing.

(c) has its point(s) of inflection.

(d) is concave upward or downward.

(e) if *f* (0) = 1 and *f* (6) = 5, draw a sketch of *f* .

**Figure 8.6-7**

17 . If *f* (*x* ) = |*x* ^{2} – 6*x* – 7|, which of the following statements about *f* are true?

I. *f* has a relative maximum at *x* = 3.

II. *f* is differentiable at *x* = 7.

III. *f* has a point of inflection at *x* = –1.

18 . How many points of inflection does the graph of *y* = cos(*x* ^{2} ) have on the interval [–*π* , *π* ]?

Sketch the graphs of the following functions indicating any relative extrema, points of inflection, asymptotes, and intervals where the function is increasing, decreasing, concave upward, or concave downward.

19 . *f* (*x* ) = 3*e* ^{–} *x* ^{2} /2

20 . *f* (*x* ) = cos *x* sin^{2} *x* [0, 2*π* ]

### 8.7 Cumulative Review Problems

**(Calculator) indicates that calculators are permitted.**

21 . Find if (*x* ^{2} + *y* ^{2} )^{2} = 10*xy* .

22 . Evaluate

23 . Find if *y* = cos(2*x* ) + 3*x* ^{2} – 1.

24 . (Calculator) Determine the value of *k* such that the function

is continuous

for all real numbers.

25 . A function *f* is continuous on the interval [–1, 4] with *f* (–1) = 0 and *f* (4) = 2 and the following properties:

(a) Find the intervals on which *f* is increasing or decreasing.

(b) Find where *f* has its absolute extrema.

(c) Find where *f* has points of inflection.

(d) Find intervals on which *f* is concave upward or downward.

(e) Sketch a possible graph of *f* .

### 8.8 Solutions to Practice Problems

**Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed.**

1 . Condition 1: Since *f* (*x* ) is a polynomial, it is continuous on [–1, 2].

Condition 2: Also, *f* (*x* ) is differentiable on (–1, 2) because *f* ′(*x* ) = 3*x* ^{2} – 2*x* – 2 is defined for all numbers in [–1, 2].

Condition 3: *f* (–1) = *f* (2) = 0. Thus, *f* (*x* ) satisfies the hypotheses of Rolle’s Theorem which means there exists a *c* in [–1, 2] such that *f* ′(*c* ) = 0. Set *f* ′(*x* ) = 3*x* ^{2} – 2*x* – 2 = 0. Solve 3*x* ^{2} – 2*x* – 2 = 0, using the quadratic formula and obtain . Thus, *x* ≈ 1.215 or –0.549 and both values are in the interval (–1, 2). Therefore, .

2 . Condition 1: *f* (*x* ) = *e ^{x} * is continuous on [0, 1].

Condition 2: *f* (*x* ) is differentiable on (0, 1) since *f* ′(*x* ) = *e ^{x} * is defined for all numbers in [0, 1].

Thus, there exists a number *c* in [0, 1] such that . Set *f* ′(*x* ) = *e ^{x} * = (

*e*– 1). Thus,

*e*= (

^{x}*e*– 1). Take ln of both sides. ln(

*e*) = ln(

^{x}*e*– 1) ⇒

*x*= ln(

*e*– 1).

Thus, *x* ≈ 0.541 which is in the interval (0, 1). Therefore, *c* = ln(*e* – 1).

3 .

Set *f* ″ > 0. Since (3*x* ^{2} + 25) > 0, ⇒ (*x* ^{2} – 25)^{3} > 0 ⇒ *x* ^{2} – 25 > 0, *x <* –5 or *x* > 5. Thus, *f* (*x* ) is concave upward on (–∞, –5) and (5, ∞) and concave downward on (–5, 5).

4 . Step 1: *f* (*x* ) = *x* + sin *x* ,

*f* ′(*x* ) = 1 + cos *x* ,

*f* ″ = – sin *x* .

Step 2: Set *f* ″(*x* ) = 0 ⇒ – sin *x* = 0 or

*x* = 0, *π* , 2*π* .

Step 3: Check intervals.

Step 4: Check for tangent line: At *x* = *π* , *f* ′(*x* ) = 1 + (–1) ⇒ 0 there is a

tangent line at *x* = *π* .

Step 5: Thus, (*π* , *π* ) is a point of inflection.

5 . Step 1: Rewrite *f* (*x* ) as

*f* (*x* ) = (25 – *x* ^{2} )^{1/2} .

Step 2:

Step 3: Find critical numbers. *f* ′(*x* ) = 0; at *x* = 0; and *f* ′(*x* ) is undefined at *x* = ±5.

Step 4:

*f* ′(0) = 0 and

(and *f* (0) = 5) ⇒ (0, 5) is a relative maximum. Since *f* (*x* ) is continuous on [–5, 5], *f* (*x* ) has both a maximum and a minimum value on [–5, 5] by the Extreme Value Theorem. And since the point (0,5) is the only relative extremum, it is an absolute extremum. Thus, (0,5) is an absolute maximum point and 5 is the maximum value. Now we check the endpoints, *f* (–5) = 0 and *f* (5) = 0. Therefore, (–5, 0) and (5, 0) are the lowest points for *f* on [–5, 5]. Thus, 0 is the absolute minimum value.

6 . (a) Point A *f* ′ < 0 ⇒ decreasing and *f* ″ > 0 ⇒ concave upward.

(b) Point E *f* ′ < 0 ⇒ decreasing and *f* ″ < 0 ⇒ concave downward.

(c) Points B and D *f* ′ = 0 ⇒ horizontal tangent.

(d) Point C *f* ″ does not exist ⇒ vertical tangent.

7 . A change in concavity ⇒ a point of inflection. At *x* = *a* , there is a change of concavity; *f* ″ goes from positive to negative ⇒ concavity changes from upward to downward. At *x* = *c* , there is a change of concavity; *f* ″ goes from negative to positive ⇒ concavity changes from downward to upward. Therefore, *f* has two points of inflection, one at *x* = *a* and the other at *x* = *c* .

8 . Set *f* ″(*x* ) = 0. Thus, *x* ^{2} (*x* + 3)(*x* – 5) = 0 ⇒ *x* = 0, *x* = –3 or *x* = 5. (See Figure 8.8-1 .)

Thus, *f* has a change of concavity at *x* = –3 and at *x* = 5.

**Figure 8.8-1**

9 . (See Figure 8.8-2 .)

Thus, *f* is increasing on [2, 3] and concave downward on (0, 1).

**Figure 8.8-2**

10 . The correct answer is (A).

*f* (–1) = 0; *f* ′(0) < 0 since *f* is decreasing and *f* ″(–1) < 0 since *f* is concave downward. Thus, *f* (–1) has the largest value.

11 . Step 1: Domain: all real numbers.

Step 2: Symmetry: Even function (*f* (*x* ) = *f* (– *x* )); symmetrical with respect to the *y* -axis.

Step 3: *f* ′(*x* ) = 4*x* ^{3} – 2*x* and *f* ″(*x* ) = 12*x* ^{2} – 2.

Step 4: Critical numbers: *f* ′(*x* ) is defined for all real numbers. Set *f* ′(*x* ) = 4*x* ^{3} – 2*x* = 0 ⇒ 2*x* (2*x* ^{2} – 1) = 0 ⇒ *x* = 0 or *x* = ± . Possible points of inflection: *f* ″(*x* ) is defined for all real numbers. Set *f* ″(*x* ) = 12*x* ^{2} – 2 = 0

*x* = ± .

Step 5: Determine intervals:

Intervals are:

,

, and

.

Since *f* ′(*x* ) is symmetrical with respect to the *y* -axis, you only need to examine half of the intervals.

Step 6: Set up a table (Table 8.8-1 ). The function has an absolute minimum value of (–1/4) and no absolute maximum value.

**Table 8.8-1**

Step 7: Sketch the graph. (See Figure 8.8-3 .)

**Figure 8.8-3**

12 . Step 1: Domain: all real numbers *x* ≠ 4.

Step 2: Symmetry: none.

Step 3: Find *f* ′ and *f* ″.

Step 4: Critical numbers: *f* ′(*x* ) ≠ 0 and *f* ′(*x* ) is undefined at *x* = 4.

Step 5: Determine intervals.

Intervals are (–∞, 4) and (4, ∞).

Step 6: Set up table as below:

Step 7: Horizontal asymptote:

. Thus, *y* = 1 is a horizontal asymptote. Vertical asymptote:

and

; Thus, *x* = 4 is a vertical asymptote.

Step 8: *x* -intercept: Set *f* ′(*x* ) = 0 ⇒ *x* + 4 = 0; *x* = –4. *y* -intercept: Set *x* = 0 ⇒ *f* (*x* ) = –1.

Step 9: Sketch the graph. (See Figure 8.8-4 .)

**Figure 8.8-4**

13 . (a)

The function *f* has the largest value (of the four choices) at *x* = *x* _{1} . (See Figure 8.8-5 .)

**Figure 8.8-5**

(b) And *f* has the smallest value at *x* = *x* _{4} .

(c)

A change of concavity occurs at *x* = *x* _{3} , and *f* ′(*x* _{3} ) exists which implies there is a tangent to *f* at *x* = *x* _{3} . Thus, at *x* = *x* _{3} , *f* has a point of inflection.

(d) The function *f* ″ represents the slope of the tangent to *f* ′. The slope of the tangent to *f* ′ is the largest at *x* = *x* _{4} .

14 . (a) Since *f* ′(*x* ) represents the slope of the tangent, *f* ′(*x* ) = 0 at *x* = 0, and *x* = 5.

(b) At *x* = 2, *f* has a point of inflection which implies that if *f* ″(*x* ) exists, *f* ″(*x* ) = 0. Since *f* ′(*x* ) is differentiable for all numbers in the domain, *f* ″(*x* ) exists, and *f* ″(*x* ) = 0 at *x* = 2.

(c) Since the function *f* is concave downward on (2, ∞), *f* ″ < 0 on (2, ∞) which implies *f* ′ is decreasing on (2, ∞).

15 . (a) The function *f* is increasing on the intervals (–2, 1) and (3, 5) and decreasing on (1, 3).

(b) The absolute maximum occurs at *x* = 1, since it is a relative maximum, *f* (1) > *f* (–2) and *f* (5) *< f* (–2). Similarly, the absolute minimum occurs at *x* = 3, since it is a relative minimum, and *f* (3) *< f* (5) *< f* (–2).

(c) No point of inflection. (Note that at *x* = 3, *f* has a cusp.)

Note: Some textbooks define a point of inflection as a point where the concavity changes and do not require the existence of a tangent. In that case, at *x* = 3, *f* has a point of inflection.

(d) Concave upward on (3, 5) and concave downward on (–2, 3).

(e) A possible graph is shown in Figure 8.8-6 .

**Figure 8.8-6**

16 . (a)

The function *f* has its relative minimum at *x* = 0 and its relative maximum at *x* = 6.

(b) The function *f* is increasing on [0, 6] and decreasing on (– ∞, 0] and [6, ∞).

(c)

Since *f* ′(3) exists and a change of concavity occurs at *x* = 3, *f* has a point of inflection at *x* = 3.

(d) Concave upward on (–∞, 3) and downward on (3, ∞).

(e) Sketch a graph. (See Figure 8.8-7 .)

**Figure 8.8-7**

17 . (See Figure 8.8-8 .)

**Figure 8.8-8**

The graph of *f* indicates that a relative maximum occurs at *x* = 3, *f* is not differentiable at *x* = 7, since there is a cusp at *x* = 7 and *f* does not have a point of inflection at *x* = –1, since there is no tangent line at *x* = –1. Thus, only statement *I* is true.

18 . (See Figure 8.8-9 .)

**Figure 8.8-9**

Enter *y* 1 = cos(*x* ^{2} )

Using the [*Inflection* ] function of your calculator, you obtain three points of inflection on [0, *π* ]. The points of inflection occur at *x* = 1.35521, 2.1945, and 2.81373. Since *y* _{1} = cos(*x* ^{2} ) is an even function, there is a total of 6 points of inflection on [–*π* , *π* ]. An alternate solution is to enter . (*y* _{1} (*x* ), *x* , 2).

The graph of *y* _{2} indicates that there are 6 zeros on [–*π* , *π* ].

19 . Enter *y* 1 = 3 ∗ *e* ∧ (–*x* ∧ 2/2). Note that the graph has a symmetry about the *y* -axis. Using the functions of the calculator, you will find:

(a) a relative maximum point at (0, 3), which is also the absolute maximum point;

(b) points of inflection at (–1, 1.819) and (1, 1.819);

(c) *y* = 0 (the *x* -axis) a horizontal asymptote;

(d) *y* _{1} increasing on (–∞, 0] and decreasing on [0, ∞); and

(e) *y* _{1} concave upward on (–∞, –1) and (1, ∞) and concave downward on (–1, 1). (See Figure 8.8-10 .)

**Figure 8.8-10**

20 . (See Figure 8.8-11 .) Enter *y* 1 = cos(*x* ) ∗ (sin(*x* )) ∧ 2. A fundamental domain of *y* _{1} is [0, 2 *π* ]. Using the functions of the calculator, you will find:

**Figure 8.8-11**

(a) relative maximum points at (0.955, 0.385), (*π* , 0), and (5.328, 0.385), and relative minimum points at (2.186, – 0.385) and (4.097, – 0.385);

(b) points of inflection at (0.491, 0.196), , (2.651, – 0.196), (3.632, – 0.196), , and (5.792, 0.196);

(c) no asymptote;

(d) function is increasing on intervals (0, 0.955), (2.186, *π* ), and (4.097, 5.328), and decreasing on intervals (0.955, 2.186), (*π* , 4.097), and (5.328, 2*π* );

(e) function is concave upward on intervals (0, 0.491), , and (5.792, 2*π* ), and concave downward on the intervals , (2.651,3.632), and .

### 8.9 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

21 .

22 . Substituting *x* = 0 in the expression leads to , ana indeterminant form. Apply L’Hôpital’s Rule and you have or . Alternatively,

23 . *y* = cos(2*x* ) + 3*x* ^{2} – 1

24 . (Calculator) The function *f* is continuous everywhere for all values of *k* except possibly at *x* = 1. Checking with the three conditions of continuity at *x* = 1:

(1) *f* (1) = (1)^{2} – 1 = 0

(2) thus, 2 + k 0 ⇒ k = – 2. Since , therefore, .

(2) . Thus, *k* = –2.

25 . (a) Since *f* ′ *>* 0 on (-1, 0) and (0, 2), the function *f* is increasing on the intervals [-1, 0] and [0, 2]. Since *f* ′ *<* 0 on (2, 4), *f* is decreasing on [2, 4].

(b) The absolute maximum occurs at *x* = 2, since it is a relative maximum and it is the only relative extremum on (–1, 4). The absolute minimum occurs at *x* = –1, since *f* (–1) *< f* (4) and the function has no relative minimum on [–1, 4].

(c) A change of concavity occurs at *x* = 0. However, *f* ′(0) is undefined, which implies *f* may or may not have a tangent at *x* = 0. Thus, *f* may or may not have a point of inflection at *x* = 0.

(d) Concave upward on (–1, 0) and concave downward on (0, 4).

(e) A possible graph is shown in Figure 8.9-1 .

**Figure 8.9-1**

## CHAPTER 9

## Big Idea 2: Derivatives

## Applications of Derivatives

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary:** Two of the most common applications of derivatives involve solving related rate problems and applied maximum and minimum problems. In this chapter, you will learn the general procedures for solving these two types of problems and to apply these procedures to examples. Both related rate and applied maximum and minimum problems appear often on the AP Calculus AB exam.

**Key Ideas**

General Procedure for Solving Related Rate Problems

Common Related Rate Problems

Inverted Cone, Shadow, and Angle of Elevation Problems

General Procedure for Solving Applied Maximum and Minimum Problems

Distance, Area, Volume, and Business Problems

### 9.1 Related Rate

**Main Concepts:** General Procedure for Solving Related Rate Problems, Common Related Rate Problems, Inverted Cone (Water Tank) Problem, Shadow Problem, Angle of Elevation Problem

#### General Procedure for Solving Related Rate Problems

1. Read the problem and, if appropriate, draw a diagram.

2. Represent the given information and the unknowns by mathematical symbols.

3. Write an equation involving the rate of change to be determined. (If the equation contains more than one variable, it may be necessary to reduce the equation to one variable.)

4. Differentiate each term of the equation with respect to time.

5. Substitute all known values and known rates of change into the resulting equation.

6. Solve the resulting equation for the desired rate of change.

7. Write the answer and indicate the units of measure.

#### Common Related Rate Problems

Example 1

When the area of a square is increasing twice as fast as its diagonals, what is the length of a side of the square?

Let *z* represent the diagonal of the square. The area of a square is .

.

Since .

Let *s* be a side of the square. Since the diagonal *z* = 2, then *s* ^{2} + *s* ^{2} = *z* ^{2} .

⇒ 2*s* ^{2} = 4 ⇒ *s* ^{2} = 4 ⇒ *s* ^{2} = 2 or .

#### Example 2

Find the surface area of a sphere at the instant when the rate of increase of the volume of the sphere is nine times the rate of increase of the radius.

Volume of a sphere: Surface area of a sphere: *S* = 4*πr* ^{2} .

.

Since , you have or 9 = 4π*r* ^{2} .

Since *S* = 4π*r* ^{2} , the surface area is *S* = 9 square units.

Note: At 9 = 4*πr* ^{2} , you could solve for *r* and obtain or . You could then substitute into the formula for surface area *S* = 4*πr* ^{2} and obtain 9. These steps are of course correct but not necessary.

#### Example 3

The height of a right circular cone is always three times the radius. Find the volume of the cone at the instant when the rate of increase of the volume is twelve times the rate of increase of the radius.

Let *r, h* be the radius and height of the cone, respectively.

Since *h* = 3*r* , the volume of the cone .

When

Thus,

#### Inverted Cone (Water Tank) Problem

A water tank is in the shape of an inverted cone. The height of the cone is 10 meters and the diameter of the base is 8 meters as shown in Figure 9.1-1 . Water is being pumped into the tank at the rate of 2 m^{3} /min. How fast is the water level rising when the water is 5 meters deep? (See Figure 9.1-1 .)

**Figure 9.1-1**

Solution:

Step 1: Define the variables. Let *V* be the volume of water in the tank; *h* be the height of the water level at *t* minutes; *r* be the radius of the surface of the water at *t* minutes; and *t* be the time in minutes.

Step 2: Given: . Height = 10 m, diameter = 8 m.

Find: at *h* =5.

Step 3: Set up an equation: .

Using similar triangles, you have ; or . (See Figure 9.1-2 .)

**Figure 9.1-2**

Thus, you can reduce the equation to one variable:

.

Step 4: Differentiate both sides of the equation with respect to *t* .

Step 5: Substitute known values.

Step 6: Thus, the water level is rising at when the water is 5 m high.

#### Shadow Problem

A light on the ground 100 feet from a building is shining at a 6-foot-tall man walking away from the light and toward the building at the rate of 4 ft/sec. How fast is his shadow on the building becoming shorter when he is 40 feet from the building? (See Figure 9.1-3 .)

**Figure 9.1-3**

Solution:

Step 1: Let *s* be the height of the man’s shadow; *x* be the distance between the man and the light; and *t* be the time in seconds.

Step 2: Given: the man is 6 ft tall; distance between light and building = 100 ft. Find at *x* = 60.

Step 3: (See Figure 9.1-4 .) Writing an equation using similar triangles, you have:

**Figure 9.1-4**

Step 4: Differentiate both sides of the equation with respect to *t* .

Step 5: Evaluate at *x* = 60.

Note: When the man is 40 ft from the building, *x* (distance from the light) is 60 ft.

Step 6: The height of the man’s shadow on the building is changing at ft/sec.

#### Angle of Elevation Problem

A camera on the ground 200 meters away from a hot air balloon (also on the ground) records the balloon rising into the sky at a constant rate of 10 m/sec. How fast is the camera’s angle of elevation changing when the balloon is 150 m in the air? (See Figure 9.1-5 .)

**Figure 9.1-5**

Step 1: Let *x* be the distance between the balloon and the ground; *θ* be the camera’s angle of elevation; and *t* be the time in seconds.

Step 2: Given: distance between camera and the point on the ground where the balloon took off is 200 m, .

Step 3: Find at *x* = 150 m.

Step 4: Differentiate both sides with respect to *t* .

.

Step 5: and at *x* = 150.

Since *y* > 0, then *y* = 250. Thus, sec .

Step 6: The camera’s angle of elevation changes at approximately 1.833 deg/sec when the balloon is 150 m in the air.

### 9.2 Applied Maximum and Minimum Problems

**Main Concepts:** General Procedure for Solving Applied Maximum and Minimum Problems, Distance Problem, Area and Volume Problems, Business Problems

#### General Procedure for Solving Applied Maximum and Minimum Problems

Steps:

1. Read the problem carefully and if appropriate, draw a diagram.

2. Determine what is given and what is to be found, and represent these quantities by mathematical symbols.

3. Write an equation that is a function of the variable representing the quantity to be maximized or minimized.

4. If the equation involves other variables, reduce the equation to a single variable that represents the quantity to be maximized or minimized.

5. Determine the appropriate interval for the equation (i.e., the appropriate domain for the function) based on the information given in the problem.

6. Differentiate to obtain the first derivative and to find critical numbers.

7. Apply the First Derivative Test or the Second Derivative Test by finding the second derivative.

8. Check the function values at the endpoints of the interval.

9. Write the answer(s) to the problem and, if given, indicate the units of measure.

#### Distance Problem

Find the shortest distance between the point *A* (19, 0) and the parabola *y* = *x* ^{2} – 2*x* + 1.

Solution:

Step 1: Draw a diagram. (See Figure 9.2-1 .)

**Figure 9.2-1**

Step 2: Let *P* (*x* , *y* ) be the point on the parabola and let *Z* represent the distance between points *P* (*x* , *y* ) and *A* (19, 0).

Step 3: Using the distance formula,

(Special case: In distance problems, the distance and the square of the distance have the same maximum and minimum points.) Thus, to simplify computations, let *L* = *Z* ^{2} = (*x* – 19)^{2} + (*x* – 1)^{4} . The domain of *L* is (–∞, ∞).

Step 4: Differentiate:

is defined for all real numbers.

Set = 0; 2*x* ^{3} – 6*x* ^{2} + 7*x* – 21 = 0. The factors of 21 are ±1, ±3, ±7, and ± 21.

Using Synthetic Division, 2*x* ^{3} – 6*x* ^{2} + 7*x* – 21 = (*x* – 3)(2*x* ^{2} + 7) = 0 ⇒ *x* = 3.

Thus the only critical number is *x* = 3.

(Note: Step 4 could have been done using a graphing calculator.)

Step 5: Apply the First Derivative Test.

Step 6: Since *x* = 3 is the only relative minimum point in the interval, it is the absolute minimum.

Step 7: At *x* = 3, . Thus, the shortest distance is .

#### Area and Volume Problems

Example Area Problem

The graph of encloses a region with the *x* -axis and *y* -axis in the first quadrant. A rectangle in the enclosed region has a vertex at the origin and the opposite vertex on the graph of . Find the dimensions of the rectangle so that its area is a maximum.

Solution:

Step 1: Draw a diagram. (See Figure 9.2-2 .)

**Figure 9.2-2**

Step 2: Let *P* (*x* , *y* ) be the vertex of the rectangle on the graph of .

Step 3: Thus, the area of the rectangle is:

The domain of *A* is [0, 4].

Step 4: Differentiate:

Step 5: is defined for all real numbers.

Set = 0 ⇒ –*x* + 2 = 0; *x* = 2.

*A* (*x* ) has one critical number *x* = 2.

Step 6: Apply the Second Derivative Test:

⇒ *A* (*x* ) has a relative maximum point at *x* = 2; *A* (2) = 2.

Since *x* = 2 is the only relative maximum, it is the absolute maximum. (Note that at the endpoints: *A* (0) = 0 and *A* (4) = 0.)

Step 7: At *x* = 2, .

Therefore, the length of the rectangle is 2, and its width is 1.

#### Example Volume Problem (with calculator)

If an open box is to be made using a square sheet of tin, 20 inches by 20 inches, by cutting a square from each corner and folding the sides up, find the length of a side of the square being cut so that the box will have a maximum volume.

Solution:

Step 1: Draw a diagram. (See Figure 9.2-3 .)

**Figure 9.2-3**

Step 2: Let *x* be the length of a side of the square to be cut from each corner.

Step 3: The volume of the box is *V* (*x* ) = *x* (20 – 2*x* )(20 – 2*x* ).

The domain of *V* is [0, 10].

Step 4: Differentiate *V* (*x* ).

Enter *d* (*x* ∗ (20 – 2*x* ) ∗ (20 – 2*x* ), *x* ) and we have 4(*x* – 10)(3*x* – 10).

Step 5: *V* ′(*x* ) is defined for all real numbers:

Set *V* ′(*x* ) = 0 by entering: [*Solve* ] (4(*x* – 10)(3*x* – 10) = 0, *x* ), and obtain *x* = 10 or . The critical numbers of *V* (*x* ) are *x* = 10 and . *V* (10) = 0 and . Since *V* (10) = 0, you need to test only .

Step 6: Using the Second Derivative Test, enter *d* (*x* ∗ (20 – 2*x* ) ∗ (20 – 2*x* ), *x* ,2)| and obtain –80. Thus, is a relative maximum. Since it is the only relative maximum on the interval, it is the absolute maximum. (Note at the other endpoint *x* = 0, *V* (0) = 0.)

Step 7: Therefore, the length of a side of the square to be cut is .

#### Business Problems

#### Summary of Formulas

1. *P* = *R* – *C* : Profit = Revenue – Cost

2. *R* = *xp* : Revenue = (Units Sold)(Price Per Unit)

3. Average

4. Marginal Revenue ≈ Revenue from selling one more unit

5. Marginal Profit ≈ Profit from selling one more unit

6. Marginal Cost ≈ Cost of producing one more unit

#### Example 1

Given the cost function *C* (*x* ) = 100 + 8*x* + 0.1*x* ^{2} , (a) find the marginal cost when *x* = 50; and (b) find the marginal profit at *x* = 50, if the price per unit is $20.

Solution:

(a) Marginal cost is *C* ′(*x* ). Enter *d* (100 + 8*x* + 0.1*x* ^{2} , *x* )|*x* = 50 and obtain $18.

(b) Marginal profit is *P* ′(*x* )

*P* = *R* – *C*

*P* = 20*x* – (100 + 8*x* + 0.1*x* ^{2} ). Enter *d* (20*x* – (100 + 8*x* + 0.1*x* ^{∧} 2, *x* )|*x* = 50 and obtain 2.

#### Example 2

Given the cost function *C* (*x* ) = 500 + 3*x* + 0.01*x* ^{2} and the demand function (the price function) *p* (*x* ) = 10, find the number of units produced in order to have maximum profit.

Solution:

Step 1: Write an equation.

Profit = Revenue – Cost

*P* = *R* – *C*

Revenue = (Units Sold)(Price Per Unit)

*R* = *xp* (*x* ) = *x* (10) = 10*x*

*P* = 10*x* – (500 + 3*x* + 0.01*x* ^{2} )

Step 2: Differentiate.

Enter *d* (10*x* – (500 + 3*x* + 0.01*x* ^{∧} 2, *x* )) and obtain 7 – 0.02*x* .

Step 3: Find critical numbers.

Set 7 – 0.02*x* = 0 ⇒ *x* = 350.

Critical number is *x* = 350.

Step 4: Apply Second Derivative Test.

Enter *d* (10*x* – (500 + 3*x* + 0.01*x* ^{∧} 2), *x* , 2)|*x* = 350 and obtain –0.02.

Since *x* = 350 is the only relative maximum, it is the absolute maximum.

Step 5: Write a solution.

Thus, producing 350 units will lead to maximum profit.

### 9.3 Rapid Review

1. Find the instantaneous rate of change at *x* = 5 of the function .

*Answer:*

2. If *h* is the diameter of a circle and *h* is increasing at a constant rate of 0.1 cm/sec, find the rate of change of the area of the circle when the diameter is 4 cm.

*Answer:*

3. The radius of a sphere is increasing at a constant rate of 2 inches per minute. In terms of the surface area, what is the rate of change of the volume of the sphere?

*Answer:* since

4. Using your calculator, find the shortest distance between the point (4, 0) and the line *y* = *x* . (See Figure 9.3-1 .)

**Figure 9.3-1**

*Answer:*

Enter

Use the [*Zero* ] function for *y* _{2} and obtain *x* = 2. Note that when *x <* 2, *y* _{2} *<* 0 which means *y* _{1} is decreasing and when *x >* 2, *y* _{2} *>* 0 which means *y* _{1} is increasing and thus at *x* = 2, *y* _{1} is a minimum. Use the [*Value* ] function for *y* _{1} at *x* = 2 and obtain *y* _{1} = 2.82843. Thus, the shortest distance is approximately 2.828.

### 9.4 Practice Problems

**Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed.**

1 . A spherical balloon is being inflated. Find the volume of the balloon at the instant when the rate of increase of the surface area is eight times the rate of increase of the radius of the sphere.

2 . A 13-foot ladder is leaning against a wall. If the top of the ladder is sliding down the wall at 2 ft/sec, how fast is the bottom of the ladder moving away from the wall when the top of the ladder is 5 feet from the ground? (See Figure 9.4-1 .)

**Figure 9.4-1**

3 . Air is being pumped into a spherical balloon at the rate of 100 cm^{3} /sec. How fast is the diameter increasing when the radius is 5 cm?

4 . A woman 5 feet tall is walking away from a streetlight hung 20 feet from the ground at the rate of 6 ft/sec. How fast is her shadow lengthening?

5 . A water tank in the shape of an inverted cone has a height of 18 feet and a base radius of 12 feet. If the tank is full and the water is drained at the rate of 4 ft^{3} /min, how fast is the water level dropping when the water level is 6 feet high?

6 . Two cars leave an intersection at the same time. The first car is going due east at the rate of 40 mph and the second is going due south at the rate of 30 mph. How fast is the distance between the two cars increasing when the first car is 120 miles from the intersection?

7 . If the perimeter of an isosceles triangle is 18 cm, find the maximum area of the triangle.

8 . Find a number in the interval (0, 2) such that the sum of the number and its reciprocal is the absolute minimum.

9 . An open box is to be made using a piece of cardboard 8 cm by 15 cm by cutting a square from each corner and folding the sides up. Find the length of a side of the square being cut so that the box will have a maximum volume.

10 . What is the shortest distance between the point and the parabola *y* = –*x* ^{2} ?

11 . If the cost function is *C* (*x* ) = 3*x* ^{2} + 5*x* + 12, find the value of *x* such that the average cost is a minimum.

12 . A man with 200 meters of fence plans to enclose a rectangular piece of land using a river on one side and a fence on the other three sides. Find the maximum area that the man can obtain.

**Part B—Calculators are allowed.**

13 . A trough is 10 meters long and 4 meters wide. (See Figure 9.4-2 .) The two sides of the trough are equilateral triangles. Water is pumped into the trough at 1 m^{3} /min. How fast is the water level rising when the water is 2 meters high?

**Figure 9.4-2**

14 . A rocket is sent vertically up in the air with the position function *s* = 100*t* ^{2} where *s* is measured in meters and *t* in seconds. A camera 3000 m away is recording the rocket. Find the rate of change of the angle of elevation of the camera 5 sec after the rocket went up.

15 . A plane lifts off from a runway at an angle of 20°. If the speed of the plane is 300 mph, how fast is the plane gaining altitude?

16 . Two water containers are being used. (See Figure 9.4-3 .)

**Figure 9.4-3**

One container is in the form of an inverted right circular cone with a height of 10 feet and a radius at the base of 4 feet. The other container is a right circular cylinder with a radius of 6 feet and a height of 8 feet. If water is being drained from the conical container into the cylindrical container at the rate of 15 ft^{3} /min, how fast is the water level falling in the conical tank when the water level in the conical tank is 5 feet high? How fast is the water level rising in the cylindrical container?

17 . The wall of a building has a parallel fence that is 6 feet high and 8 feet from the wall. What is the length of the shortest ladder that passes over the fence and leans on the wall? (See Figure 9.4-4 .)

18 . Given the cost function C(*x* ) = 2500 + 0.02*x* + 0.004*x* ^{2} , find the product level such that the average cost per unit is a minimum.

19 . Find the maximum area of a rectangle inscribed in an ellipse whose equation is 4*x* ^{2} + 25*y* ^{2} = 100.

20 . A right triangle is in the first quadrant with a vertex at the origin and the other two vertices on the *x* – and *y* -axes. If the hypotenuse passes through the point (0.5, 4), find the vertices of the triangle so that the length of the hypotenuse is the shortest possible length.

**Figure 9.4-4**

### 9.5 Cumulative Review Problems

#### (Calculator) indicates that calculators are permitted.

21 . If *y* = sin^{2} (cos(6*x* – 1)), find .

22 . Evaluate .

23 . The graph of *f* ′ is shown in Figure 9.5-1 . Find where the function *f* : (a) has its relative extrema or absolute extrema; (b) is increasing or decreasing; (c) has its point(s) of inflection; (d) is concave upward or downward; and (e) if *f* (3) = –2, draw a possible sketch of *f* .

**Figure 9.5-1**

24 . (Calculator) At what value(s) of *x* does the tangent to the curve *x* ^{2} + *y* ^{2} = 36 have a slope of –1?

25 . (Calculator) Find the shortest distance between the point (1, 0) and the curve *y* = *x* ^{3} .

### 9.6 Solutions to Practice Problems

**Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed** .

1 . Volume:

Surface Area: .

Since ,

or

At cubic units.

2 . Pythagorean Theorem yields *x* ^{2} + *y* ^{2} = (13)^{2} .

Differentiate:

.

At *x* = 5, (5)^{2} + *y* ^{2} = 13^{2} ⇒ *y* = ± 12, since *y* > 0, *y* = 12.

Therefore, . The ladder is moving away from the wall at when the top of the ladder is 5 feet from the ground.

3 . Volume of a sphere is

Differentiate:

.

Substitute: 100 = 4π(5)^{2} .

Let *x* be the diameter. Since .

Thus,

= . The diameter is increasing at when the radius is 5 cm.

4 . (See Figure 9.6-1 .) Using similar triangles, with *y* the length of the shadow you have:

**Figure 9.6-1**

Differentiate:

5 . (See Figure 9.6-2 .) Volume of a cone

**Figure 9.6-2**

.

Using similar triangles, you have

or , thus

reducing the equation to

Differentiate: .

Substituting known values:

or . The water level is dropping at when *h* = 6 ft.

6 . (See Figure 9.6-3 .)

**Figure 9.6-3**

Step 1: Using the Pythagorean Theorem, you have *x* ^{2} + *y* ^{2} = *z* ^{2} . You also have and .

Step 2: Differentiate:

.

At *x* = 120, both cars have traveled 3 hours and thus, *y* = 3(30) = 90. By the Pythagorean Theorem, (120)^{2} + (90)^{2} = *z* ^{2} ⇒ *z* = 150.

Step 3: Substitute all known values into the equation:

Step 4: The distance between the two cars is increasing at 50 mph at *x* = 120.

7 . (See Figure 9.6-4 .)

**Figure 9.6-4**

Step 1: Applying the Pythagorean

Theorem, you have *x* ^{2} = *y* ^{2} + (9 – *x* )^{2} ⇒ *y* ^{2} = *x* ^{2} – (9 – *x* )^{2} = *x* ^{2} – _{81} – 18*x* + *x* ^{2} = 18*x* – 81 = 9(2*x* – 9), or since *y* < 0, .

The area of the triangle

Step 2:

Step 3: Set

is undefined at critical numbers are and 6.

Step 4: First Derivative Test:

Thus at *x* = 6, the area *A* is a relative maximum.

Step 5: Check endpoints. The domain of *A* is [9/2, 9]. *A* (9/2) = 0; and *A* (9) = 0. Therefore, the maximum area of an isosceles triangle with the perimeter of 18 cm is cm^{2} . (Note that at *x* = 6, the triangle is an equilateral triangle.)

8 . Step 1: Let *x* be the number and be its

Step 2: with 0 < *x* < 2.

Step 3:

Step 4: Set ⇒ *x* = ±1, since the domain is (0, 2), thus *x* = 1. is defined for all *x* in (0, 2). Critical number is *x* = 1.

Step 5: Second Derivative Test: and . Thus at *x* = 1, *s* is a relative minimum. Since it is the only relative extremum, at *x* = 1, it is the absolute minimum.

9 . (See Figure 9.6-5 .)

**Figure 9.6-5**

Step 1: Volume: *V* = *x* (8 – 2*x* )(15 – 2*x* ) with 0 ≤ *x* ≤ 4.

Step 2: Differentiate: Rewrite as V = 4*x* ^{3} – 46*x* ^{2} + 120*x*

= 12*x* ^{2} – 92*x* + 120.

Step 3: Set *V* = 0 ⇒ 12*x* ^{2} – 92*x* + 120 = 0 ⇒ 3*x* ^{2} – 23*x* + 30 = 0. Using the quadratic formula, you have *x* = 6 or and is defined for all real numbers.

Step 4: Second Derivative Test:

.

Thus, is a relative maximum.

Step 5: Check endpoints.

At *x* = 0, *V* = 0 and at *x* = 4, *V* = 0. Therefore, at , *V* is the absolute maximum.

10 . (See Figure 9.6-6 .)

**Figure 9.6-6**

Step 1: Distance Formula:

Step 2: Let *S* = *Z* ^{2} , since *S* and *Z* have the same maximums and minimums.

Step 3: Set *x* = 1 and is defined for all real numbers.

Step 4: Second Derivative Test:

Thus at *x* = 1, *Z* has a minimum, and since it is the only relative extremum, it is the absolute minimum.

Step 5: At *x* = 1,

Therefore, the shortest distance is

11 . Step 1: Average Cost:

Step 2:

Step 3: Set Since *x* > 0, *x* = 2 and is undefined at *x* = 0 which is not in the domain.

Step 4: Second Derivative Test:

and

Thus at *x* = 2, the average cost is a minimum.

12 . (See Figure 9.6-7 .)

**Figure 9.6-7**

Step 1: Area:

*A* = *x* (200 – 2*x* ) = 200*x* – 2*x* ^{2} with 0 ≤ *x* ≤ 100.

Step 2: *A* ′(*x* ) = 200 – 4*x*

Step 3: Set *A* ′(*x* ) = 0 ⇒ 200 – 4*x* = 0; *x* = 50.

Step 4: Second Derivative Test:

*A* ″(*x* ) = –4; thus at *x* = 50, the area is a relative maximum. *A* (50) = 5000 m^{2} .

Step 5: Check endpoints.

*A* (0) = 0 and *A* (100) = 0; therefore at *x* = 50, the area is the absolute maximum and 5000 m^{2} is the maximum area.

**Part B—Calculators are allowed.**

13 .

Step 1: Let *h* be the height of the trough and 4 be a side of one of the two equilateral triangles. Thus, in a 30–60 right triangle, .

Step 2: Volume:

*V* = (area of the triangle) · 10

.

Step 3: Differentiate with respect to *t* .

Step 4: Substitute known values:

The water level is rising when the water level is 2 m high.

14 . (See Figure 9.6-8 .)

**Figure 9.6-8**

Step 1: tan θ = *S* /3000

Step 2: Differentiate with respect to *t* .

Step 3: At *t* = 5; *S* = 100(5)^{2} = 2500; Thus, *Z* ^{2} = (3000)^{2} + (2500)^{2} = 15,250,000. Therefore, , since *Z* > 0, . Substitute known values into the equation:

radian/sec. The angle of elevation is changing at 0.197 radian/sec, 5 seconds after liftoff.

15 . (See Figure 9.6-9 .)

**Figure 9.6-9**

*h* = (sin 20°)(300)*t* ; ≈ 102.606 mph. The plane is gaining altitude at 102.606 mph.

16 .

Similar triangles: or

Substitute known values:

The water level in the cone is falling at

ft/min ≈ 1.19 ft/min when the water level is 5 feet high.

V_{cylinder} = *π* R^{2} H = π(6)2*H* = 36*πH* .

ft/min ≈ 0.1326 ft/min or 1.592 in/min.

The water level in the cylinder is rising at ft/min = 0.133 ft/min.

17 . Step 1: Let *x* be the distance of the foot of the ladder from the higher wall. Let *y* be the height of the point where the ladder touches the higher wall. The slope of the ladder is or .

Thus,

Step 2: Pythagorean Theorem:

Step 3: Enter

The graph of *y* _{1} is continuous on the interval *x* > 8. Use the [*Minimum* ] function of the calculator and obtain *x* = 14.604; *y* = 19.731. Thus the minimum value of *l* is 19.731 or the shortest ladder is approximately 19.731 feet.

18 . Step 1: Average thus,

Step 2: Enter: + .02 + .004 * *x*

Step 3: Use the [*Minimum* ] function in the calculator and obtain *x* = 790.6.

Step 4: Verify the result with the First Derivative Test. Enter *y* 2 = *d* (2500/*x* +.02 +.004*x* , *x* ); Use the [*Zero* ] function and obtain *x* = 790.6. Thus at *x* = 790.6. Apply the First Derivative Test:

Thus the minimum average cost per unit occurs at *x* = 790.6. (The graph of the average cost function is shown in Figure 9.6-10 .)

**Figure 9.6-10**

19 . (See Figure 9.6-11 .)

**Figure 9.6-11**

Step 1: Area *A* = (2*x* )(2*y* ); 0 ≤ *x* ≤ 5 and 0 ≤ *y* ≤ 2.

Step 2: 4*x* ^{2} + 25*y* ^{2} = 100;

25*y* ^{2} = 100 – 4*x* ^{2} .

Step 3:

Step 4: Enter

Use the [*Maximum* ] function and obtain *x* = 3.536 and *y* _{1} = 20.

Step 5: Verify the result with the First Derivative Test.

Enter

. Use the [*Zero* ] function and obtain *x* = 3.536.

Note that:

The function *f* has only one relative extremum. Thus, it is the absolute extremum. Therefore, at *x* = 3.536, the area is 20 and the area is the absolute maxima.

20 . (See Figure 9.6-12 .)

**Figure 9.6-12**

Step 1: Distance formula:

*l* ^{2} = *x* ^{2} + *y* ^{2} ; *x* > 0.5 and *y* > 4.

Step 2: The slope of the hypotenuse:

Step 3: .

Step 4: Enter and use the [*Minimum* ] function of the calculator and obtain *x* = 2.5.

Step 5: Apply the First Derivative Test. Enter *y* 2 = *d* (*y* 1(*x* ), *x* ) and use the [*Zero* ] function and obtain *x* = 2.5.

Note that:

Since *f* has only one relative extremum, it is the absolute extremum. Thus, at *x* = 3, it is an absolute minimum.

Step 6: Thus, at *x* = 2.5, the length of the hypotenuse is the shortest. At *x* = 2.5, . The vertices of the triangle are (0, 0), (2.5, 0), and (0, 5).

### 9.7 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

21 .

22 . As *x* → ∞, the numerator approaches 0 and the denominator increases without bound (i.e., ∞). Thus, the .

23 . (a) Summarize the information of *f* ′ on a number line.

Since *f* has only one relative extremum, it is the absolute extremum. Thus, at *x* = 3, it is an absolute minimum.

(b) The function *f* is decreasing on the interval (–∞, 3) and increasing on (3, ∞).

(c)

No change of concavity ⇒ No point of inflection.

(d) The function *f* is concave upward for the entire domain (–∞, ∞).

(e) Possible sketch of the graph for *f* (*x* ). (See Figure 9.7-1 .)

**Figure 9.7-1**

24 . (Calculator) (See Figure 9.7-2 .)

**Figure 9.7-2**

Step 1: Differentiate:

Step 2: Set *y* = *x*

Step 3: Solve for *y* : *x* ^{2} + *y* ^{2} = 36 ⇒ *y* ^{2} = 36 – *x* ^{2} ;

.

Step 4: Thus, = *x* ⇒ ± *x* ⇒ 36 – *x* ^{2} = *x* ^{2} ⇒ 36 = 2*x* ^{2} or .

25 . (Calculator) (See Figure 9.7-3 .)

Step 1: Distance formula:

**Figure 9.7-3**

Step 2: Enter:

Use the [*Minimum* ] function of the calculator and obtain *x* = .65052 and *y* 1 = .44488. Verify the result with the First Deriative Test. Enter *y* 2 = *d* (*y* 1(*x* ), *x* ) and use the [*Zero* ] function and obtain *x* = .65052.

Thus the shortest distance is approximately 0.445.

## CHAPTER 10

## Big Idea 2: Derivatives

## More Applications of Derivatives

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary** : Finding an equation of a tangent is one of the most common questions on the AP Calculus AB exam. In this chapter, you will learn how to use derivatives to find an equation of a tangent, and to use the tangent line to approximate the value of a function at a specific point. You will also learn to apply derivatives to solve rectilinear motion problems.

**Key Ideas**

Tangent and Normal Lines

Linear Approximations

Motion Along a Line

### 10.1 Tangent and Normal Lines

**Main Concepts:** Tangent Lines, Normal Lines

#### Tangent Lines

If the function *y* is differentiable at *x* = *a* , then the slope of the tangent line to the graph of *y* at *x* = *a* is given as

##### Types of Tangent Lines

Horizontal Tangents: . (See Figure 10.1-1 .)

**Figure 10.1-1**

Vertical Tangents: ( does not exist but = 0). (See Figure 10.1-2 .)

**Figure 10.1-2**

Parallel Tangents: . (See Figure 10.1-3 .)

**Figure 10.1-3**

#### Example 1

Write an equation of the line tangent to the graph of *y* = –3 sin 2*x* at . (See Figure 10.1-4 .)

**Figure 10.1-4**

*y* = –3 sin 2*x* ;

Slope of tangent .

Point of tangency:

Therefore, is the point of tangency.

Equation of tangent: *y* – 0 = 6(*x* – *π* /2) or *y* = 6*x* – 3*π* .

#### Example 2

If the line *y* = 6*x* + *a* is tangent to the graph of *y* = 2*x* ^{3} , find the value(s) of *a* .

Solution:

(See Figure 10.1-5 .)

**Figure 10.1-5**

The slope of the line *y* = 6*x* + *a* is 6.

Since *y* = 6*x* + *a* is tangent to the graph of *y* = 2*x* ^{3} , thus for some values of *x* .

Set 6*x* ^{2} = 6 ⇒ *x* ^{2} = 1 or *x* = ±1.

At *x* = –1, *y* = 2*x* ^{3} = 2(–1)^{3} = –2;(–1, –2) is a tangent point. Thus, *y* = 6*x* + *a* ⇒ –2 = 6(–1) + *a* or *a* = 4.

At *x* = 1, *y* = 2*x* ^{3} = 2(1)^{3} = 2; (1, 2) is a tangent point.

Thus, *y* = 6*x* + *a* ⇒ 2 = 6(1) + *a* or *a* = –4.

Therefore, *a* = ±4.

#### Example 3

Find the coordinates of each point on the graph of *y* ^{2} – *x* ^{2} – 6*x* + 7 = 0 at which the tangent line is vertical. Write an equation of each vertical tangent. (See Figure 10.1-6 .)

**Figure 10.1-6**

Step 1: Find .

Step 2: Find .

Step 3: Find points of tangency.

At *y* = 0, *y* ^{2} – *x* ^{2} – 6*x* + 7 = 0 becomes –*x* ^{2} – 6*x* + 7 = 0 ⇒ *x* ^{2} + 6*x* – 7 = 0 ⇒ (*x* + 7)(*x* – 1) = 0 ⇒ *x* = –7 or *x* = 1.

Thus, the points of tangency are (–7, 0) and (1, 0).

Step 4: Write equations for vertical tangents: *x* = –7 and *x* = 1.

#### Example 4

Find all points on the graph of *y* = |*xe ^{x} * | at which the graph has a horizontal tangent.

Step 1: Find .

Step 2: Find the *x* -coordinate of points of tangency.

Horizontal tangent .

If *x* ≥ 0, set *e ^{x} * +

*xe*= 0 ⇒

^{x}*e*(1 +

^{x}*x*) = 0 ⇒

*x*= –1 but

*x*≥ 0, therefore, no solution.

If *x <* 0, set –*e ^{x} * –

*xe*= 0 ⇒ –

^{x}*e*(1 +

^{x}*x*) = 0 ⇒

*x*= –1.

Step 3: Find points of tangency.

At

Thus at the point (–1, 1*/e* ), the graph has a horizontal tangent. (See Figure 10.1-7 .)

**Figure 10.1-7**

#### Example 5

Using your calculator, find the value(s) of *x* to the nearest hundredth at which the slope of the line tangent to the graph of *y* = 2 ln (*x* ^{2} + 3) is equal to . (See Figures 10.1-8 and 10.1-9 .)

**Figure 10.1-8**

**Figure 10.1-9**

Step 1: Enter *y* 1 = 2 ∗ ln (*x* ^2 + 3).

Step 2: Enter *y* 2 = *d* (*y* _{1} (*x* ), *x* ) and enter

Step 3: Using the [*Intersection* ] function of the calculator for *y* _{2} and *y* _{3} , you obtain *x* = –7.61 or *x* = –0.39.

#### Example 6

Using your calculator, find the value(s) of *x* at which the graphs of *y* = 2*x* ^{2} and *y* = *e ^{x} * have parallel tangents.

Step 1: Find for both *y* = 2*x* ^{2} and *y* = *e ^{x} * .

Step 2: Find the *x* -coordinate of the points of tangency. Parallel tangents ⇒ slopes are equal.

Set 4*x* = *e ^{x} * ⇒ 4

*x*–

*e*= 0.

^{x} Using the [*Solve* ] function of the calculator, enter [*Solve* ] (4*x* – *e* ^(*x* ) = 0, *x* ) and obtain *x* = 2.15 and *x* = 0.36.

#### Normal Lines

The normal line to the graph of *f* at the point (*x* _{1} , *y* _{1} ) is the line perpendicular to the tangent line at (*x* _{1} , *y* _{1} ). (See Figure 10.1-10 .)

**Figure 10.1-10**

Note that the slope of the normal line and the slope of the tangent line at any point on the curve are negative reciprocals, provided that both slopes exist.

(*m* _{normal line} )(*m* _{tangent line} ) = –1.

Special Cases:

(See Figure 10.1-11 .)

**Figure 10.1-11**

At these points, *m* _{tangent} = 0; but *m* _{normal} does not exist.

(See Figure 10.1-12 .)

**Figure 10.1-12**

At these points, *m* _{tangent} does not exist; however *m* _{normal} = 0.

#### Example 1

Write an equation for each normal to the graph of *y* = 2 sin *x* for 0 ≤ *x* ≤ 2*π* that has a slope of .

Step 1: Find *m* _{tangent} .

Step 2: Find *m* _{normal} .

⇒ *x* = cos^{–1} (–1) or *x* = *π* . (See Figure10.1-13 .)

**Figure 10.1-13**

Step 3: Write equation of normal line.

At *x* = *π* , *y* = 2 sin *x* = 2(0) = 0; (*π* , 0).

Since , equation of normal is:

or .

#### Example 2

Find the point on the graph of *y* = ln *x* such that the normal line at this point is parallel to the line *y* = –*ex* – 1.

Step 1: Find *m* _{tangent} .

Step 2: Find *m* _{normal} .

Slope of *y* = –*ex* – 1 is –*e* .

Since normal is parallel to the line *y* = –*ex* – 1, set *m* _{normal} = –*e* ⇒ –*x* = –*e* or *x* = *e* .

Step 3: Find the point on the graph. At *x* = *e* , *y* = ln *x* = ln *e* = *l* . Thus the point of the graph of *y* = ln *x* at which the normal is parallel to *y* = –*ex* – 1 is (*e* , 1). (See Figure 10.1-14 .)

**Figure 10.1-14**

#### Example 3

Given the curve : (a) write an equation of the normal to the curve at the point (2, 1/2), and (b) does this normal intersect the curve at any other point? If yes, find the point.

Step 1: Find *m* _{tangent} .

Step 2: Find *m* _{normal} .

Step 3: Write equation of normal.

*m* _{normal} = 4; (2, 1/2)

Equation of normal: , or .

Step 4: Find other points of intersection.

Using the [*Intersection* ] function of your calculator, enter and and obtain *x* = –0.125 and *y* = –8. Thus, the normal line intersects the graph of at the point (–0.125, –8) as well.

### 10.2 Linear Approximations

**Main Concepts:** Tangent Line Approximation, Estimating the *n* th Root of a Number, Estimating the Value of a Trigonometric Function of an Angle

#### Tangent Line Approximation (or Linear Approximation)

An equation of the tangent line to a curve at the point (*a* , *f* (*a* )) is: *y* = *f* (*a* ) + *f* ′ (*a* )(*x* – *a* ), providing that *f* is differentiable at *a* . (See Figure 10.2-1 .) Since the curve of *f* (*x* ) and the tangent line are close to each other for points near *x* = *a* , *f* (*x* ) ≈ *f* (*a* ) + *f* ′ (*a* )(*x* – *a* ).

**Figure 10.2-1**

#### Example 1

Write an equation of the tangent line to *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} at (2, 8). Use the tangent line to find the approximate values of *f* (1.9) and *f* (2.01).

Differentiate *f* (*x* ): *f* ′(*x* ) = 3*x* ^{2} ; *f* ′(2) = 3(2)^{2} = 12. Since *f* is differentiable at *x* = 2, an equation of the tangent at *x* = 2 is:

*y* = *f* (2) + *f* ′ (2)(*x* – 2)

*y* = (2)^{3} + 12(*x* – 2) = 8 + 12*x* – 24 = 12*x* – 16

*f* (1.9) ≈ 12(1.9) – 16 = 6.8

*f* (2.01) ≈ 12(2.01) – 16 = 8.12. (See Figure 10.2-2 .)

**Figure 10.2-2**

#### Example 2

If *f* is a differentiable function and *f* (2) = 6 and , find the approximate value of *f* (2.1).

Using tangent line approximation, you have

(a) *f* (2) = 6 ⇒ the point of tangency is (2, 6);

(b) ⇒ the slope of the tangent at *x* = 2 is ;

(c) the equation of the tangent is or ;

(d) thus, .

#### Example 3

The slope of a function at any point (*x* , *y* ) is . The point (3, 2) is on the graph of *f* . (a) Write an equation of the line tangent to the graph of *f* at *x* = 3. (b) Use the tangent line in part (a) to approximate *f* (3.1).

(a) Let *y* = *f* (*x* ), then

Equation of tangent: *y* – 2 = –2(*x* – 3) or *y* = –2*x* + 8.

(b) *f* (3.1) ≈ –2(3.1) + 8 ≈ 1.8

#### Estimating the *n* th Root of a Number

Another way of expressing the tangent line approximation is: *f* (*a* + Δ*x* ) ≈ *f* (*a* ) + *f* ′(*a* )Δ*x* , where Δ*x* is a relatively small value.

#### Example 1

Find the approximate value of using linear approximation.

Using and Δ*x* = 1.

Thus,

#### Example 2

Find the approximate value of using linear approximation.

Let *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{1/3} , *a* = 64, Δ*x* = – 2. Since and , you can use *f* (*a* + Δ*x* ) ≈ *f* (*a* ) + *f* ′(*a* )Δ*x* . Thus, *f* (62) =

#### Estimating the Value of a Trigonometric Function of an Angle

#### Example

Approximate the value of sin 31°.

Note: You must express the angle measurement in radians before applying linear approximations. radians and radians.

Let *f* (*x* ) = sin *x* , and .

Since *f* ′ (*x* ) = cos *x* and , you can use linear approximations:

### 10.3 Motion Along a Line

**Main Concepts:** Instantaneous Velocity and Acceleration, Vertical Motion, Horizontal Motion

#### Instantaneous Velocity and Acceleration

#### Example 1

The position function of a particle moving on a straight line is *s* (*t* ) = 2*t* ^{3} – 10*t* ^{2} + 5. Find (a) the position, (b) instantaneous velocity, (c) acceleration, and (d) speed of the particle at *t* = 1.

Solution:

(a) *s* (1) = 2(1)^{3} – 10(1)^{2} + 5 = –3

(b) *v* (*t* ) = *s* ′(*t* ) = 6*t* ^{2} – 20*t*

*v* (1) = 6(1)^{2} – 20(1) = –14

(c) *a* (*t* ) = *v* ′(*t* ) = 12*t* – 20

*a* (1) = 12(1) – 20 = –8

(d) Speed = |*v* (*t* )| = |*v* (1)| = 14

#### Example 2

The velocity function of a moving particle is for 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 7.

What is the minimum and maximum acceleration of the particle on 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 7?

(See Figure 10.3-1 .) The graph of *a* (*t* ) indicates that:

**Figure 10.3-1**

(1) The minimum acceleration occurs at *t* = 4 and *a* (4) = 0.

(2) The maximum acceleration occurs at *t* = 0 and *a* (0) = 16.

#### Example 3

The graph of the velocity function is shown in Figure 10.3-2 .

**Figure 10.3-2**

(a) When is the acceleration 0?

(b) When is the particle moving to the right?

(c) When is the speed the greatest?

Solution:

(a) *a* (*t* ) = *v* ′(*t* ) and *v* ′(*t* ) is the slope of tangent to the graph of *v* . At *t* = 1 and *t* = 3, the slope of the tangent is 0.

(b) For 2 < *t* < 4, *v* (*t* ) > 0. Thus the particle is moving to the right during 2 < *t* < 4.

(c) Speed = |*v* (*t* )| at *t* = 1, *v* (*t* ) = –4.

Thus, speed at *t* = 1 is |–4| = 4 which is the greatest speed for 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 4.

#### Vertical Motion

#### Example

From a 400-foot tower, a bowling ball is dropped. The position function of the bowling ball *s* (*t* ) = –16*t* ^{2} + 400, *t* ≥ 0 is in seconds. Find:

(a) the instantaneous velocity of the ball at *t* = 2 seconds.

(b) the average velocity for the first 3 seconds.

(c) when the ball will hit the ground.

Solution:

(a) *v* (*t* ) = *s* ′(*t* ) = –32*t*

*v* (2) = 32(2) = –64 ft/sec

(b) Average velocity .

(c) When the ball hits the ground, *s* (*t* ) = 0.

Thus, set *s* (*t* ) = 0 ⇒ –16*t* ^{2} + 400 = 0; 16*t* ^{2} = 400; *t* = ±5.

Since *t* ≥ 0, *t* = 5. The ball hits the ground at *t* = 5 sec.

#### Horizontal Motion

#### Example

The position function of a particle moving in a straight line is *s* (*t* ) = *t* ^{3} – 6*t* ^{2} + 9*t* – 1, *t* ≥ 0. Describe the motion of the particle.

Step 1: Find *v* (*t* ) and *a* (*t* ).

*v* (*t* ) = 3*t* ^{2} – 12*t* + 9

*a* (*t* ) = 6*t* – 12

Step 2: Set *v* (*t* ) and *a* (*t* ) = 0.

Step 3: Determine the directions of motion. (See Figure 10.3-3 .)

**Figure 10.3-3**

Step 4: Determine acceleration. (See Figure 10.3-4 .)

**Figure 10.3-4**

Step 5: Draw the motion of the particle. (See Figure 10.3-5 .) *s* (0) = –1, *s* (1) = 3, *s* (2) = 1 and *s* (3) = –1

**Figure 10.3-5**

At *t* = 0, the particle is at –1 and moving to the right. It slows down and stops at *t* = 1 and at *t* = 3. It reverses direction (moving to the left) and speeds up until it reaches 1 at *t* = 2. It continues moving left but slows down and stops at –1 at *t* = 3. Then it reverses direction (moving to the right) again and speeds up indefinitely. (Note: “Speeding up” is defined as when |*v* (*t* )| increases and “slowing down” is defined as when |*v* (*t* )| decreases.)

### 10.4 Rapid Review

1. Write an equation of the normal line to the graph *y* = *e ^{x} * at

*x*= 0.

*Answer* :

At *x* = 0, *y* = *e* ^{0} = 1 ⇒ you have the point (0, 1).

Equation of normal: *y* – 1 = –1(*x* – 0) or *y* = –*x* + 1.

2. Using your calculator, find the values of *x* at which the function *y* = –*x* ^{2} + 3*x* and *y* = ln *x* have parallel tangents.

*Answer* :

Set Using the [*Solve* ] function on your calculator, enter

[*Solve* ] and obtain *x* = 1 or

3. Find the linear approximation of *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} at *x* = 1 and use the equation to find *f* (1.1).

*Answer* : *f* (1) = 1 ⇒ (1, 1) is on the tangent line and *f* ′(*x* ) = 3*x* ^{2} ⇒ *f* ′(1) = 3.

*y* – 1 = 3(*x* – 1) or *y* = 3*x* – 2.

*f* (1.1) ≈ 3(1.1) – 2 ≈ 1.3

4. (See Figure 10.4-1 .)

(a) When is the acceleration zero? (b) Is the particle moving to the right or left?

**Figure 10.4-1**

*Answer* : (a) *a* (*t* ) = *v* ′(*t* ) and *v* ′(*t* ) is the slope of the tangent. Thus, *a* (*t* ) = 0 at *t* = 2.

(b) Since *v* (*t* ) ≥ 0, the particle is moving to the right.

5. Find the maximum acceleration of the particle whose velocity function is *v* (*t* ) = *t* ^{2} + 3 on the interval 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 4.

*Answer* : *a* (*t* ) = *v* ′(*t* ) = 2(*t* ) on the interval 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 4, *a* (*t* ) has its maximum value at *t* = 4. Thus *a* (*t* ) = 8. The maximum acceleration is 8.

### 10.5 Practice Problems

**Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed.**

1 . Find the linear approximation of *f* (*x* ) = (1 + *x* )^{1/4} at *x* = 0 and use the equation to approximate *f* (0.1).

2 . Find the approximate value of using linear approximation.

3 . Find the approximate value of cos 46° using linear approximation.

4 . Find the point on the graph of *y* = |*x* ^{3} | such that the tangent at the point is parallel to the line *y* – 12*x* = 3.

5 . Write an equation of the normal to the graph of *y* = *e ^{x} * at

*x*= ln 2.

6 . If the line *y* – 2*x* = *b* is tangent to the graph *y* = –*x* ^{2} + 4, find the value of *b* .

7 . If the position function of a particle , find the velocity and position of particle when its acceleration is 0.

8 . The graph in Figure 10.5-1 represents the distance in feet covered by a moving particle in *t* seconds. Draw a sketch of the corresponding velocity function.

**Figure 10.5-1**

9 . The position function of a moving particle is shown in Figure 10.5-2 .

**Figure 10.5-2**

For which value(s) of *t* (*t* _{1} , *t* _{2} , *t* _{3} ) is:

(a) the particle moving to the left?

(b) the acceleration negative?

(c) the particle moving to the right and slowing down?

10 . The velocity function of a particle is shown in Figure 10.5-3 .

**Figure 10.5-3**

(a) When does the particle reverse direction?

(b) When is the acceleration 0?

(c) When is the speed the greatest?

11 . A ball is dropped from the top of a 640-foot building. The position function of the ball is *s* (*t* ) = –16*t* ^{2} + 640, where *t* is measured in seconds and *s* (*t* ) is in feet. Find:

(a) The position of the ball after 4 seconds.

(b) The instantaneous velocity of the ball at *t* = 4.

(c) The average velocity for the first 4 seconds.

(d) When the ball will hit the ground.

(e) The speed of the ball when it hits the ground.

12 . The graph of the position function of a moving particle is shown in Figure 10.5-4 .

**Figure 10.5-4**

(a) What is the particle’s position at *t* = 5?

(b) When is the particle moving to the left?

(c) When is the particle standing still?

(d) When does the particle have the greatest speed?

**Part B—Calculators are allowed.**

13 . The position function of a particle moving on a line is *s* (*t* ) = *t* ^{3} – 3*t* ^{2} + 1, *t* ≥ 0 where *t* is measured in seconds and *s* in meters. Describe the motion of the particle.

14 . Find the linear approximation of *f* (*x* ) = sin *x* at *x* = *π* . Use the equation to find the approximate value of .

15 . Find the linear approximation of *f* (*x* ) = ln (1 + *x* ) at *x* = 2.

16 . Find the coordinates of each point on the graph of *y* ^{2} = 4 – 4*x* ^{2} at which the tangent line is vertical. Write an equation of each vertical tangent.

17 . Find the value(s) of *x* at which the graphs of *y* = ln *x* and *y* = *x* ^{2} + 3 have parallel tangents.

18 . The position functions of two moving particles are *s* _{1} (*t* ) = ln *t* and *s* _{2} (*t* ) = sin *t* and the domain of both functions is 1 ≤ *t* ≤ 8. Find the values of *t* such that the velocities of the two particles are the same.

19 . The position function of a moving particle on a line is *s* (*t* ) = sin(*t* ) for 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 2*π* . Describe the motion of the particle.

20 . A coin is dropped from the top of a tower and hits the ground 10.2 seconds later. The position function is given as *s* (*t* ) = –16*t* ^{2} – *v* _{0} *t* + *s* _{0} , where *s* is measured in feet, *t* in seconds, and *v* _{0} is the initial velocity and *s* _{0} is the initial position. Find the approximate height of the building to the nearest foot.

### 10.6 Cumulative Review Problems

#### (Calculator) indicates that calculators are permitted.

21 . Find if *y* = *x* sin^{–1} (2*x* ).

22 . Given *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} – 3*x* ^{2} + 3*x* – 1 and the point (1, 2) is on the graph of *f* ^{–1} (*x* ). Find the slope of the tangent line to the graph of *f* ^{–1} (*x* ) at (1, 2).

23 . Evaluate .

24 . A function *f* is continuous on the interval (–1, 8) with *f* (0) = 0, *f* (2) = 3, and *f* (8) = 1/2 and has the following properties:

(a) Find the intervals on which *f* is increasing or decreasing.

(b) Find where *f* has its absolute extrema.

(c) Find where *f* has the points of inflection.

(d) Find the intervals on which *f* is concave upward or downward.

(e) Sketch a possible graph of *f* .

25 . The graph of the velocity function of a moving particle for 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 8 is shown in Figure 10.6-1 . Using the graph:

(a) Estimate the acceleration when *v* (*t* ) = 3 ft/sec.

(b) Find the time when the acceleration is a minimum.

**Figure 10.6-1**

### 10.7 Solutions to Practice Problems

**Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed.**

1 . Equation of tangent line:

2 . *f* (*a* + Δ*x* ) ≈ *f* (*a* ) + *f* ′(*a* )Δ*x*

Let and *f* (28) = *f* (27+1).

3 . *f* (*a* + Δ*x* ) ≈ *f* (*a* ) + *f* ′(*a* ) Δ*x* Convert to radians:

Let *f* (*x* ) = cos *x* and *f* (45°) =

Then *f* ′(*x* ) = – sin *x* and

4 . Step 1: Find *m* _{tangent} .

Step 2: Set *m* _{tangent} = slope of line *y* – 12*x* = 3.

Since *y* – 12*x* = 3 ⇒ *y* = 12*x* + 3, then *m* = 12.

Set 3*x* ^{2} = 12 ⇒ *x* = ±2

since *x* ≥ 0, *x* = 2.

Set –3*x* ^{2} = 12 ⇒ *x* ^{2} = –4. Thus ∅.

Step 3: Find the point on the curve. (See Figure 10.7-1 .)

**Figure 10.7-1**

At *x* = 2, *y* = *x* ^{3} = 2^{3} = 8.

Thus, the point is (2, 8).

5 . Step 1: Find *m* _{tangent} .

Step 2: Find *m* _{normal} .

At *x* = ln 2, *m* _{normal} =

Step 3: Write equation of normal. At *x* = ln 2, *y* = *e ^{x} * =

*e*

^{ln2}= 2. Thus the point of tangency is (ln 2, 2). The equation of normal:

6 . Step 1: Find *m* _{tangent} .

Step 2: Find the slope of line *y* – 2*x* = *b*

*y* – 2*x* = *b* ⇒

*y* = 2*x* + *b* or *m* = 2.

Step 3: Find point of tangency.

Set *m* _{tangent} = slope of line *y* – 2*x* = *b* ⇒ – 2*x* = 2 ⇒ *x* = –1.

At *x* = –1, *y* = –*x* ^{2} + 4 = –(–1)^{2} + 4 = 3; (–1, 3).

Step 4: Find *b* .

Since the line *y* – 2*x* = *b* passes through the point (–1, 3), thus 3 – 2(–1) = *b* or *b* = 5.

7 . *v* (*t* ) = *s* ′(*t* ) = *t* ^{2} – 6*t* ;

*a* (*t* ) = *v* ′(*t* ) = *s* ″(*t* ) = 2*t* – 6

Set *a* (*t* ) = 0 ⇒ 2*t* – 6 = 0 or *t* = 3. *v* (3) = (3)^{2} – 6(3) = – 9;

.

8 . On the interval (0, 1), the slope of the line segment is 2. Thus the velocity *v* (*t* ) = 2 ft/sec. On (1, 3), *v* (*t* ) = 0 and on (3, 5), *v* (*t* ) = –1. (See Figure 10.7-2 .)

**Figure 10.7-2**

9 . (a) At *t* = *t* _{2} , the slope of the tangent is negative. Thus, the particle is moving to the left.

(b) At *t* = *t* _{1} , and at *t* = *t* _{2} , the curve is concave downward acceleration is negative.

(c) At *t* = *t* _{1} , the slope > 0 and thus the particle is moving to the right. The curve is concave downward ⇒ the particle is slowing down.

10 . (a) At *t* = 2, *v* (*t* ) changes from positive to negative, and thus the particle reverses its direction.

(b) At *t* = 1, and at *t* = 3, the slope of the tangent to the curve is 0. Thus, the acceleration is 0.

(c) At *t* = 3, speed is equal to |– 5| = 5 and 5 is the greatest speed.

11 . (a) *s* (4) = –16(4)^{2} + 640 = 384 ft

(b) *v* (*t* ) = *s* ′(*t* ) = –32*t*

*v* (4) =–32(4) ft/s = –128 ft/sec

(c) Average velocity =

(d) Set *s* (*t* ) = 0 ⇒ –16*t* ^{2} + 640 = 0 ⇒ 16*t* ^{2} = 640 or *t* = ± .

Since *t* ≥ 0, or *t* = ± or *t* ≈ 6.32 sec.

(e) |*v* ( )| = |–32( | = | – 64 | ft/s or ≈ 202.39 ft/sec

12 . (a) At *t* = 5, *s* (*t* ) = 1.

(b) For 3 < *t* < 4, *s* (*t* ) decreases. Thus, the particle moves to the left when 3 < *t* < 4.

(c) When 4 < *t* < 6, the particle stays at 1.

(d) When 6 < *t* < 7, speed = 2 ft/sec, the greatest speed, which occurs where *s* has the greatest slope.

**Part B—Calculators are allowed.**

13 . Step 1: *v* (*t* ) = 3*t* ^{2} – 6*t*

*a* (*t* ) = 6*t* – 6

Step 2: Set *v* (*t* ) = 0 ⇒ 3*t* ^{2} – 6*t* = 0 ⇒ 3*t* (*t* – 2) = 0, or *t* = 0 or *t* = 2 Set *a* (*t* ) = 0 ⇒ 6*t* – 6 = 0 or *t* = 1.

Step 3: Determine the directions of motion. (See Figure 10.7-3 .)

**Figure 10.7-3**

Step 4: Determine acceleration. (See Figure 10.7-4 .)

**Figure 10.7-4**

Step 5: Draw the motion of the particle. (See Figure 10.7-5 .) *s* (0) = 1, *s* (1) = –1, and *s* (2) = –3.

**Figure 10.7-5**

The particle is initially at 1 (*t* = 0). It moves to the left speeding up until *t* = 1, when it reaches –1. Then it continues moving to the left, but slowing down until *t* = 2 at –3. The particle reverses direction, moving to the right and speeding up indefinitely.

14 . Linear approximation:

*y* = *f* (*a* ) + *f* ′(*a* )(*x* – *a* ) *a* = *π*

*f* (*x* ) = sin *x* and *f* (*π* ) = sin *π* = 0

*f* ′(*x* ) = cos *x* and *f* ′(*π* ) = cos *π* = –1.

Thus, *y* = 0 + (–1)(*x* –*π* ) or

*y* = –*x* + *π* .

is approximately:

or ≈ –0.0175.

15 . *y* = *f* (*a* ) + *f* ′(*a* )(*x* – *a* )

*f* (*x* ) = ln (1 + *x* ) and *f* (2) = ln (1 + 2) = ln 3

and

Thus, .

16 . Step 1: Find .

*y* ^{2} = 4 – 4*x* ^{2}

Step 2: Find .

Set or *y* = 0.

Step 3: Find points of tangency.

At *y* = 0, *y* ^{2} = 4 – 4*x* ^{2} becomes 0 = 4 – 4*x* ^{2}

⇒ *x* = ±1.

Thus, points of tangency are (1, 0) and (–1, 0).

Step 4: Write equations of vertical tangents *x* = 1 and *x* = –1.

17 . Step 1: Find for *y* = ln *x* and *y* = x^{2} + 3.

Step 2: Find the *x* -coordinate of point(s) of tangency.

Parallel tangents ⇒ slopes are equal. Set .

Using the [*Solve* ] function of your calculator, enter [*Solve* ] and obtain or . Since for *y* = ln *x* , .

18 . *s* _{1} (*t* ) = ln *t* and .

*s* _{2} (*t* ) = sin(*t* ) and

*s* ′_{2} (*t* ) = cos(*t* ); 1 ≤ *t* ≤ 8.

Enter and *y* ^{2} = cos(*x* ). Use the [*Intersection* ] function of the calculator and obtain *t* = 4.917 and *t* = 7.724.

19 . Step 1: *s* (*t* ) = sin *t*

*v* (*t* ) = cos *t*

*a* (*t* ) = – sin *t*

Step 2: Set *v* (*t* ) = 0 ⇒ cos *t* = 0;

and .

Set *a* (*t* ) = 0 ⇒ – sin *t* = 0; *t* =π and 2π.

Step 3: Determine the directions of motion. (See Figure 10.7-6 .)

**Figure 10.7-6**

Step 4: Determine acceleration. (See Figure 10.7-7 .)

**Figure 10.7-7**

Step 5: Draw the motion of the particle. (See Figure 10.7-8 .)

**Figure 10.7-8**

The particle is initially at 0, *s* (0) = 0. It moves to the right but slows down to a stop at 1 when = 1. It then turns and moves to the left speeding up until it reaches 0, when *t* = π, *s* (π) = 0 and continues to the left, but slowing down to a stop at – 1 when . It then turns around again, moving to the right, speeding up to 0 when *t* = 2π, *s* (2π) = 0.

20 . *s* (*t* ) = – 16*t* ^{2} + *v* _{0} *t* + *s* _{0}

*s* _{0} = height of building and *v* _{0} = 0.

Thus, *s* (*t* ) =– 16*t* ^{2} + *s* _{0} .

When the coin hits the ground, *s* (*t* ) = 0, *t* = 10.2. Thus, set *s* (*t* ) = 0 ⇒ – 16*t* ^{2} + *s* _{0} = 0 ⇒ – 16(10.2)^{2} + *s* _{0} = 0 *s* _{0} = 1664.64 ft. The building is approximately 1665 ft tall.

### 10.8 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

21 . Using product rule, let *u* = *x* ; *v* = sin^{–1} (2*x* ).

22 . Let *y* = *f* (*x* ) ⇒ *y* = *x* ^{3} – 3*x* ^{2} + 3*x* – 1. To find *f* ^{–1} (*x* ), switch *x* and

*y* : *x* = *y* ^{3} – 3*y* ^{2} + 3*y* – 1.

23 . Substituting *x* = 100 into the expression would lead to . Apply *L’Hôpital’s* Rule, and you have or . Another approach to solve the problem is as follows. Multiply both numerator and denominator by the conjugate of the denominator ( + 10):

An alternative solution is to factor the numerator:

24 . (a) *f* ′ > 0 on (–1, 2), *f* is increasing on (–1, 2), *f* ′< 0 on (2, 8), *f* is decreasing on (2, 8).

(b) At *x* = 2, *f* ′ = 0 and *f* ″ < 0, thus at *x* = 2, *f* has a relative maximum. Since it is the only relative extremum on the interval, it is an absolute maximum. Since *f* is a continuous function on a closed interval and at its endpoints *f* (–1) < 0 and *f* (8) = 1/2, *f* has an absolute minimum at *x* = –1.

(c) At *x* = 5, *f* has a change of concavity and *f* ′ exists at *x* = 5.

(d) *f* ″ < 0 on (–1, 5), *f* is concave downward on (–1, 5).

*f* ″ > 0 on (5, 8), *f* is concave upward on (5, 8).

(e) A possible graph of *f* is given in Figure 10.8-1 .

**Figure 10.8-1**

25 . (a) *v* (*t* ) = 3 ft/sec at *t* = 6. The tangent line to the graph of *v* (*t* ) at *t* = 6 has a slope of approximately *m* = 1. (The tangent passes through the points (8, 5) and (6, 3); thus *m* = 1.) Therefore the acceleration is 1 ft/sec^{2} .

(b) The acceleration is a minimum at *t* = 0, since the slope of the tangent to the curve of *v* (*t* ) is the smallest at *t* = 0.

## CHAPTER 11

## Big Idea 3: Integrals and the Fundamental Theorems of Calculus

## Integration

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary:** On the AP Calculus AB exam, you will be asked to evaluate integrals of various functions. In this chapter, you will learn several methods of evaluating integrals including U-Substitution. Also, you will be given a list of common integration and differentiation formulas, and a comprehensive set of practice problems. It is important that you work out these problems and check your solutions with the given explanations.

**Key Ideas**

Evaluating Integrals of Algebraic Functions

Integration Formulas

U-Substitution Method Involving Algebraic Functions

U-Substitution Method Involving Trigonometric Functions

U-Substitution Method Involving Inverse Trigonometric Functions

U-Substitution Method Involving Logarithmic and Exponential Functions

### 11.1 Evaluating Basic Integrals

**Main Concepts:** Antiderivatives and Integration Formulas, Evaluating Integrals

#### Antiderivatives and Integration Formulas

*Definition:* A function *F* is an antiderivative of another function *f* if *F* ′ (*x* ) = *f* (*x* ) for all *x* in some open interval. Any two antiderivatives of *f* differ by an additive constant *C* . We denote the set of antiderivatives of *f* by *f* (*x* )*dx* , called the indefinite integral of *f* .

#### Integration Rules:

1.

2.

3.

4.

#### More Integration Formulas:

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

Note: After evaluating an integral, always check the result by taking the derivative of the answer (i.e., taking the derivative of the antiderivative).

#### Evaluating Integrals

#### Example 1

Evaluate

Applying the formula

#### Example 2

Evaluate

Rewrite

#### Example 3

If , and the point (0, –1) lies on the graph of *y* , find *y* .

Since , then *y* is an antiderivative of . Thus, *dx* = *x* ^{3} + 2*x* + C. The point (0, – 1) is on the graph of *y* .

Thus, *y* = *x* ^{3} + 2*x* + *C* becomes –1 = 0^{3} + 2(0) + *C* or *C* = –1. Therefore, *y* = *x* ^{3} + 2*x* – 1.

#### Example 4

Evaluate

Rewrite as

#### Example 5

Evaluate

Rewrite as

#### Example 6

Evaluate

Rewrite:

#### Example 7

Evaluate

#### Example 8

Evaluate

#### Example 9

Evaluate

Rewrite:

#### Example 10

Evaluate

Rewrite the integral as

#### Example 11

Evaluate

Rewrite as 3

#### Example 12

Evaluate

Rewrite as

#### Example 13

Evaluate

Reminder: You can always check the result by taking the derivative of the answer.

### 11.2 Integration by U-Substitution

**Main Concepts:** The U-Substitution Method, U-Substitution and Algebraic Functions, U-Substitution and Trigonometric Functions, U-Substitution and Inverse Trigonometric Functions, U-Substitution and Logarithmic and Exponential Functions

#### The U-Substitution Method

##### The Chain Rule for Differentiation

##### The Integral of a Composite Function

If *f* (*g* (*x* )) and *f* ′ are continuous and *F* ′ = *f* , then

##### Making a U-Substitution

Let *u* = *g* (*x* ), then *du* = *g* ′(*x* )*dx*

##### Procedure for Making a U-Substitution

Steps:

1. Given *f* (*g* (*x* )); let *u* = *g* (*x* ).

2. Differentiate: *du* = *g* ′(*x* )*dx* .

3. Rewrite the integral in terms of *u* .

4. Evaluate the integral.

5. Replace *u* by *g* (*x* ).

6. Check your result by taking the derivative of the answer.

#### U-Substitution and Algebraic Functions

##### **Another Form of the Integral of a Composite Function**

If *f* is a differentiable function, then

##### Making a U-Substitution

Let *u* = *f* (*x* ); then *du* = *f* ′(*x* )*dx* .

#### Example 1

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = *x* + 1; then *x* = *u* – 1.

Step 2: Differentiate: *du* = *dx* .

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 2

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = *x* – 2; then *x* = *u* + 2.

Step 2: Differentiate: *du* = *dx* .

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace:

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 3

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = 2*x* – 5.

Step 2: Differentiate:

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace:

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 4

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = *x* ^{3} – 8.

Step 2: Differentiate:

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace:

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

### U-Substitution and Trigonometric Functions

#### Example 1

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = 4*x* .

Step 2: Differentiate:

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace:

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 2

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = tan *x* .

Step 2: Differentiate: *du* = sec^{2} *x dx* .

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace *u* : 2(tan *x* )^{3} /2 + *C* or 2 tan^{3} /2 *x* + *C* .

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 3

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = *x* ^{3} .

Step 2: Differentiate:

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace:

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### U-Substitution and Inverse Trigonometric Functions

Example 1

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = 2*x* .

Step 2: Differentiate:

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace:

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 2

Evaluate

Step 1: Rewrite:

Let *u* = *x* + 1.

Step 2: Differentiate: *du* = *dx* .

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace:

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### U-Substitution and Logarithmic and Exponential Functions

Example 1

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = *x* ^{4} – 1.

Step 2: Differentiate:

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace:

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 2

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = cos *x* + 1.

Step 2: Differentiate: *du* = – sin *xdx* ⇒ –*du* = sin *xdx* .

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate: –ln |*u* | + *C* .

Step 5: Replace *u* : –ln |cos *x* + 1| + *C* .

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 3

Evaluate

Step 1: Rewrite ; by dividing (*x* ^{2} + 3) by (*x* – 1).

Let *u* = *x* – 1.

Step 2: Differentiate: *du* = *dx* .

Step 3: Rewrite: .

Step 4: Integrate: 4 ln|*u* | + *C* .

Step 5: Replace *u* : 4 ln|*x* – 1| + *C* .

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 4

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = ln *x* .

Step 2: Differentiate:

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 5

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = 2*x* – 5.

Step 2: Differentiate:

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 6

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = *e ^{x} * + 1.

Step 2: Differentiate: *du* = *e ^{x} dx* .

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate: ln |*u* | + *C* .

Step 5: Replace *u* : ln |*e ^{x} * + 1| +

*C*.

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 7

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = 3*x* ^{2} .

Step 2: Differentiate:

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace:

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 8

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = 2*x* .

Step 2: Differentiate:

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace:

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 9

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = *x* ^{4} .

Step 2: Differentiate:

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace:

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

#### Example 10

Evaluate

Step 1: Let *u* = cos *π x* .

Step 2: Differentiate:

Step 3: Rewrite:

Step 4: Integrate:

Step 5: Replace:

Step 6: Differentiate and Check:

### 11.3 Rapid Review

1. Evaluate

*Answer:* Rewrite as

2. Evaluate

*Answer:* Rewrite as

3. Evaluate

*Answer:* Rewrite as . Let *u* = *x* ^{2} – 1.

Thus,

4. Evaluate

*Answer:* – cos *x* + *C* .

5. Evaluate

*Answer:* Let *u* = 2*x* and obtain

6. Evaluate

*Answer:* Let *u* = ln and obtain

7. Evaluate

*Answer:* Let and obtain

### 11.4 Practice Problems

**Evaluate the following integrals in problems 1 to 20. No calculators are allowed. (However, you may use calculators to check your results.)**

1 .

2 .

3 .

4 .

5 .

6 .

7 .

8 .

9 .

10 .

11 .

12 .

13 .

14 .

15 .

16 .

17 . If and the point (0, 6) is on the graph of *y* , find *y* .

18 .

19 .

20 . If *f* (*x* ) is the antiderivative of and *f* (1) = 5, find *f* (*e* ).

### 11.5 Cumulative Review Problems

**(Calculator) indicates that calculators are permitted.**

21 . The graph of the velocity function of a moving particle for 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 10 is shown in Figure 11.5-1 .

**Figure 11.5-1**

(a) At what value of *t* is the speed of the particle the greatest?

(b) At what time is the particle moving to the right?

22 . Air is pumped into a spherical balloon, whose maximum radius is 10 meters. For what value of *r* is the rate of increase of the volume a hundred times that of the radius?

23 . Evaluate

24 . (Calculator) The function *f* is continuous and differentiable on (0, 2) with *f* ″ (*x* ) > 0 for all *x* in the interval (0, 2).

Some of the points on the graph are shown below.

Which of the following is the best approximation for *f* ′ (1)?

(a) *f* ′ (1) < 2

(b) 0.5 < *f* ′ (1) < 1

(c) 1.5 < *f* ′ (1) < 2.5

(d) 2.5 < *f* ′ (1) < 3.5

(e) *f* ′ (1) > 2

25 . The graph of the function *f* ″ on the interval [1, 8] is shown in Figure 11.5-2 . At what value(s) of *t* on the open interval (1, 8), if any, does the graph of the function *f* ′ :

**Figure 11.5-2**

(a) have a point of inflection?

(b) have a relative maximum or minimum?

(c) become concave upward?

### 11.6 Solutions to Practice Problems

1 .

2 . Rewrite:

3 . Let *u* = *x* ^{4} – 10; *du* = 4*x* ^{3} *dx* or .

Rewrite:

4 . Let *u* = *x* ^{2} + 1 ⇒ (*u* – 1) = *x* ^{2} and *du* = 2*x dx* or .

Rewrite:

5 . Let *u* = *x* – 1; *du* = *dx* and (*u* + 1) = *x* .

6 . Let or 2*du* = *dx* .

Rewrite:

7 . Let *u* = *x* ^{2} ; *du* = 2*x* *dx* or .

Rewrite:

8 . Let *u* = cos *x* ; *du* = – sin *x dx* or –*du* = sin *x dx* .

Rewrite:

9 . Rewrite:

Let *u* = *x* + 1; *du* = *dx* .

Rewrite:

10 . Let

Rewrite:

11 . Rewrite:

Let *u* = 6*x* ; *du* = 6 *dx* or .

Rewrite:

12 . Let *u* = ln *x* ;

Rewrite:

13 . Since *e ^{x} * and ln

*x*are inverse functions:

14 . Rewrite:

Let *u* = 3*x* ; *du* = 3*dx* ;

Let *v* = –*x* ; *dv* = – *dx* ;

Thus,

Note: *C* _{1} and *C* _{2} are arbitrary constants, and thus *C* _{1} + *C* _{2} = *C* .

15 . Rewrite:

16 . Let or

Rewrite:

17 . Since , then *y* =

The point (0, 6) is on the graph of *y* .

Thus, 6 = *e* ^{0} + 2(0) + *C* ⇒ 6 = 1 + *C* or *C* = 5. Therefore, *y* = *e* ^{ x } + 2*x* + 5.

18 . Let *u* = *e ^{x} * ;

*du*=

*e*.

^{x}dxRewrite:

19 . Let *u* = *e ^{x} * +

*e*)

^{– x }; du = (e^{x}– e^{– x}*dx*.

20 . Since *f* (*x* ) is the antiderivative of ,

Given *f* (1) = 5; thus, ln (1) + *C* = 5 ⇒ 0 + *C* =5 or *C* = 5.

Thus, *f* (*x* ) = ln | *x* | + 5 and *f* (*e* ) = ln (*e* ) + 5 = 1 + 5 = 6.

### 11.7 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

21 . (a) At *t* = 4, speed is 5 which is the greatest on 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 10.

(b) The particle is moving to the right when 6 < *t* < 10.

22 .

23 . Let *u* = ln *x* ; .

Rewrite:

24 . Label given points as A, B, C, D, and E. Since *f* ″(*x* ) > 0 ⇒ *f* is concave upward for all *x* in the interval [0, 2]. Thus, < *f* ′(*x* ) < = 1.5 and = 2.5. Therefore, 1.5 < *f* ′(1) < 2.5, choice (c). (See Figure 11.7-1 .)

**Figure 11.7-1**

25 . (a) *f* ″ is decreasing on [1, 6) ⇒ *f* ″ < 0 ⇒ *f* ′ is concave downward on [1, 6) and *f* ′ is increasing on (6, 8] ⇒ *f* ′ is concave upward on (6, 8]. Thus, at *x* = 6, *f* ′ has a change of concavity. Since *f* ″ exists at *x* = 6 (which implies there is a tangent to the curve of *f* ′ at *x* = 6), *f* ′ has a point of inflection at *x* = 6.

(b) *f* ″ > 0 on [1, 4] ⇒ *f* ′ is increasing and *f* ″ < 0 on (4, 8] ⇒ *f* ′ is decreasing. Thus at *x* = 4, *f* ′ has a relative maximum at *x* = 4. There is no relative minimum.

(c) *f* ″ is increasing on [6, 8] ⇒ *f* ′ > 0 ⇒ *f* ′ is concave upward on [6, 8].

## CHAPTER 12

## Big Idea 3: Integrals and the Fundamental Theorems of Calculus

## Definite Integrals

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary:** In this chapter, you will be introduced to the summation notation, the concept of a Riemann Sum, the Fundamental Theorems of Calculus, and the properties of definite integrals. You will also be shown techniques for evaluating definite integrals involving algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential functions. In addition, you will learn how to work with improper integrals. The ability to evaluate integrals is a prerequisite to doing well on the AP Calculus AB exam.

**Key Ideas**

Summation Notation

Riemann Sums

Properties of Definite Integrals

The First Fundamental Theorem of Calculus

The Second Fundamental Theorem of Calculus

Evaluating Definite Integrals

### 12.1 Riemann Sums and Definite Integrals

**Main Concepts:** Sigma Notation, Definition of a Riemann Sum, Definition of a Definite Integral, and Properties of Definite Integrals

#### Sigma Notation or Summation Notation

where *i* is the index of summation, *l* is the lower limit, and *n* is the upper limit of summation. (Note: The lower limit may be any non-negative integer ≤ *n* .)

#### Examples

#### Summation Formulas

If *n* is a positive integer, then:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

#### Example

.

(Note: This question has not appeared in an AP Calculus AB exam in recent years.)

#### Definition of a Riemann Sum

Let *f* be defined on [*a* , *b* ] and *x _{i} * be points on [

*a*,

*b*] such that

*x*

_{0}=

*a*,

*x*=

_{n}*b*, and

*a*<

*x*

_{1}<

*x*

_{2}<

*x*

_{3}… <

*x*

_{ n –1}<

*b*. The points

*a*,

*x*

_{1},

*x*

_{2},

*x*

_{3}, …

*x*

_{ n –1}, and

*b*form a partition of

*f*denoted as Δ on [

*a*,

*b*]. Let Δ

*x*be the length of the

_{i}*i*th interval [

*x*

_{ i –1},

*x*] and

_{i}*c*be any point in the

_{i}*i*th interval. Then the Riemann sum of

*f*for the partition is .

#### Example 1

Let *f* be a continuous function defined on [0, 12] as shown below.

Find the Riemann sum for *f* (*x* ) over [0, 12] with 3 subdivisions of equal length and the midpoints of the intervals as *c _{i} * .

Length of an interval . (See Figure 12.1-1 .)

**Figure 12.1-1**

The Riemann sum is 596.

#### Example 2

Find the Riemann sum for *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} + 1 over the interval [0, 4] using 4 subdivisions of equal length and the midpoints of the intervals as *c _{i} * . (See Figure 12.1-2 .)

**Figure 12.1-2**

Length of an interval .

Enter Σ ((1 – 0.5)^{3} + 1, *i* , 1, 4) = 66.

The Riemann sum is 66.

#### Definition of a Definite Integral

Let *f* be defined on [*a* , *b* ] with the Riemann sum for *f* over [*a* , *b* ] written as .

If max Δ*x _{i} * is the length of the largest subinterval in the partition and the exists, then the limit is denoted by:

.

is the definite integral of *f* from *a* to *b* .

#### Example 1

Use a midpoint Riemann sum with three subdivisions of equal length to find the approximate value of .

midpoints are *x* = 1, 3, and 5.

#### Example 2

Using the limit of the Riemann sum, find .

Using *n* subintervals of equal lengths, the length of an interval

Let *c _{i} * =

*x*; max Δ

_{i}*x*→ 0 ⇒

_{i}*n*→ ∞.

Thus,

(Note: This question has not appeared in an AP Calculus AB exam in recent years.)

#### Properties of Definite Integrals

1. If *f* is defined on [*a* , *b* ], and the exists, then *f* is integrable on [*a* , *b* ].

2. If *f* is continuous on [*a* , *b* ], then *f* is integrable on [*a* , *b* ].

If *f* (*x* ), *g* (*x* ), and *h* (*x* ) are integrable on [*a* , *b* ], then

3.

4.

5. when *C* is a constant.

6.

7. provided *f* (*x* ) ≥ 0 on [*a* , *b* ].

8. provided *f* (*x* ) ≥ *g* (*x* ) on [*a* , *b* ].

9.

10. ; provided *g* (*x* ) ≤ *f* (*x* ) ≤ *h* (*x* ) on [*a* , *b* ].

11. ; provided *m* ≤ *f* (*x* ) ≤ *M* on [*a* , *b* ].

12. ; provided *f* (*x* ) is integrable on an interval containing *a* , *b* , *c* .

#### Examples

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Note: Or

do not have to be arranged from smallest to largest.

The remaining properties are best illustrated in terms of the area under the curve of the function as discussed in the next section.

### 12.2 Fundamental Theorems of Calculus

**Main Concepts:** First Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, Second Fundamental Theorem of Calculus

#### First Fundamental Theorem of Calculus

If *f* is continuous on [*a* , *b* ] and *F* is an antiderivative of *f* on [*a* , *b* ], then

.

Note: *F* (*b* ) – *F* (*a* ) is often denoted as .

#### Example 1

Evaluate .

.

#### Example 2

Evaluate .

#### Example 3

If , find *k* .

#### Example 4

If *f* ′ (*x* ) = *g* (*x* ), and *g* is a continuous function for all real values of *x* , express in terms of *f* .

Let *u* = 3*x* ; *du* = 3*dx* or .

#### Example 5

Evaluate .

Cannot evaluate using the First Fundamental Theorem of Calculus since is discontinuous at *x* = 1.

#### Example 6

Using a graphing calculator, evaluate .

Using a TI-89 graphing calculator, enter and obtain 2*π* .

#### Second Fundamental Theorem of Calculus

If *f* is continuous on [*a* , *b* ] and , then *F* ′ (*x* ) = *f* (*x* ) at every point *x* in [*a* , *b* ].

#### Example 1

Evaluate .

Let *u* = 2*t* ; *du* = 2*dt* or .

#### Example 2

#### Example 3

Find ; if *y* = .

Let *u* = 2*x* ; then .

Rewrite: .

#### Example 4

Find ; if .

Rewrite: .

Let *u* = *x* ^{2} ; then .

Rewrite: .

#### Example 5

Find ; if .

#### Example 6

, integrate to find *F* (*x* ) and then differentiate to find *f* ′ (*x* ).

### 12.3 Evaluating Definite Integrals

**Main Concepts:** Definite Integrals Involving Algebraic Functions; Definite Integrals Involving Absolute Value; Definite Integrals Involving Trigonometric, Logarithmic, and Exponential Functions; Definite Integrals Involving Odd and Even Functions

#### Definite Integrals Involving Algebraic Functions

#### Example 1

Evaluate .

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 2

Evaluate .

Begin by evaluating the indefinite integral .

Let *u* = *x* ^{2} – 1; *du* = 2*x dx* or .

Rewrite: .

Thus the definite integral

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 3

Evaluate .

Rewrite:

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Definite Integrals Involving Absolute Value

#### Example 1

Evaluate .

Set 3*x* – 6 = 0; *x* = 2; thus .

Rewrite integral:

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 2

Evaluate .

Set *x* ^{2} – 4 = 0; *x* = ± 2.

Thus .

.

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Definite Integrals Involving Trigonometric, Logarithmic, and Exponential Functions

#### Example 1

Evaluate .

Rewrite: .

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 2

Evaluate .

Let *u* = 3*t* ; *du* = 3*dt* or .

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 3

.

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 4

.

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Definite Integrals Involving Odd and Even Functions

If *f* is an even function, that is, *f* (–*x* ) = *f* (*x* ), and is continuous on [–*a* , *a* ], then

.

If *f* is an odd function, that is, *F* (*x* ) = – *f* (–*x* ), and is continuous on [–*a* , *a* ], then

.

#### Example 1

Evaluate .

Since *f* (*x* ) = cos *x* is an even function,

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 2

Evaluate .

Since *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{4} – *x* ^{2} is an even function, i.e., *f* (–*x* ) = *f* (*x* ), thus

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 3

Evaluate .

Since *f* (*x* ) = sin *x* is an odd function, i.e., *f* (–*x* ) = –*f* (*x* ), thus

.

Verify your result algebraically.

You can also verify the result with a calculator.

#### Example 4

If for all values of *k* , then which of the following could be the graph of *f* ? (See Figure 12.3-1 .)

**Figure 12.3-1**

Thus *f* is an even function. Choice (C).

### 12.4 Rapid Review

1. Evaluate .

*Answer:* .

2. Evaluate .

*Answer:* .

3. If , find *G* ′ (4).

*Answer: G* ′(*x* ) = (2*x* + 1)^{3/2} and *G* ′ (4) = 9^{3/2} = 27.

4. If , find *k* .

*Answer:* .

5. If *G* (*x* ) is an antiderivative of (*e ^{x} * + 1) and

*G*(0) = 0, find

*G*(1).

*Answer: G* (*x* ) = *e ^{x} * +

*x*+

*C*

*G* (0) = *e* ^{0} + 0 + *C* = 0 ⇒ *C* = –1.

*G* (1) = *e* ^{1} + 1 – 1 = *e* .

6. If *G* ′ (*x* ) = *g* (*x* ), express in terms of *G* (*x* ).

*Answer:* Let .

. Thus .

### 12.5 Practice Problems

#### **Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed** .

Evaluate the following definite integrals.

1 .

2 .

3 .

4 .

5 . If = 4, find *k* .

6 .

7 . If *f* ′ (*x* ) = *g* (*x* ) and *g* is a continuous function for all real values of *x* , express in terms of *f* .

8 .

9 .

10 . If (*t* )*dt* , find .

11 .

12 .

**Part B—Calculators are allowed.**

13 . Find *k* if .

14 . Evaluate to the nearest 100th.

15 . If , find .

16 . Use a midpoint Riemann sum with four subdivisions of equal length to find the approximate value of .

17 . Given

and , find

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

18 . Evaluate .

19 . Find if .

20 . Let *f* be a continuous function defined on [0, 30] with selected values as shown below:

Use a midpoint Riemann sum with three subdivisions of equal length to find the approximate value of .

### 12.6 Cumulative Review Problems

**(Calculator) indicates that calculators are permitted.**

21 . Evaluate .

22 . Find at *x* = 3 if *y* = |*x* ^{2} – 4|.

23 . The graph of *f* ′, the derivative of *f* , –6 ≤ *x* ≤ 8 is shown in Figure 12.6-1 .

**Figure 12.6-1**

(a) Find all values of *x* such that *f* attains a relative maximum or a relative minimum.

(b) Find all values of *x* such that *f* is concave upward.

(c) Find all values of *x* such that *f* has a change of concavity.

24 . (Calculator) Given the equation 9*x* ^{2} + 4*y* ^{2} – 18*x* + 16*y* = 11, find the points on the graph where the equation has a vertical or horizontal tangent.

25 . (Calculator) Two corridors, one 6 feet wide and another 10 feet wide meet at a corner. (See Figure 12.6-2 .) What is the maximum length of a pipe of negligible thickness that can be carried horizontally around the corner?

**Figure 12.6-2**

### 12.7 Solutions to Practice Problems

#### **Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed.**

1 .

2 . Let *u* = *x* – 2 *du* = *dx* .

3 . Let *u* = *t* + 1; *du* = *dt* and *t* = *u* – 1.

4 . Set *x* – 3 = 0; *x* = 3.

5 .

Verify your results by evaluating

.

6 . Let *u* = 1 + cos *x* ; *du* = – sin *x dx* or – *du* = sin *x dx* .

7 . Let *u* = 4*x* ; *du* = 4 *dx* or .

8 .

9 . Let *u* = *t* + 3; *du* = *dt* .

10 .

11 .

Note that *f* (*x* ) = 4*xe* ^{ x 2 } is an odd function.

Thus, .

12 .

Note that *f* (*x* ) = cos *x* – *x* ^{2} is an even function. Thus, you could have written and obtained the same result.

#### Part B—Calculators are allowed.

13 .

Set 4 + 2*k* = 10 and *k* = 3.

14 . Enter and obtain – 4.70208 ≈ – 4.702.

15 .

16 .

Midpoints are *x* = 1, 3, 5, and 7.

17 . (a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

18 .

19 .

20 .

Midpoints are *x* = 5, 15, and 25.

### 12.8 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

21 . As *x* → –∞, .

22 .

23 . (a) (See Figure 12.8-1 .)

**Figure 12.8-1**

The function *f* has a relative minimum at *x* = – 5 and *x* = 3, and *f* has a relative maximum at *x* = – 1 and *x* = 7.

(b) (See Figure 12.8-2 .)

**Figure 12.8-2**

The function *f* is concave upward on intervals (– 6, – 3) and (1, 5).

(c) A change of concavity occurs at *x* = – 3, *x* = 1, and *x* = 5.

24 . (Calculator) Differentiate both sides of 9*x* ^{2} + 4*y* ^{2} – 18*x* + 16*y* = 11.

Horizontal tangent .

Using a calculator, enter [*Solve* ]

(4*y* ^{∧} 2 + 16*y* – 20 = 0, *y* ); obtaining *y* = – 5 or *y* = 1.

Thus at each of the points at (1, 1) and (1, – 5) the graph has a horizontal tangent.

Vertical tangent is undefined.

Set 8*y* + 16 = 0 ⇒ *y* = – 2.

At *y* = – 2, 9*x* ^{2} + 16 – 18*x* – 32 = 11

⇒ 9*x* ^{2} – 18*x* – 27 = 0.

Enter [*Solve* ] (9*x* ^{2} – 18*x* – 27 = 0, *x* ) and obtain *x* = 3or *x* = – 1.

Thus, at each of the points (3, – 2) and (– 1, – 2), the graph has a vertical tangent. (See Figure 12.8-3 .)

**Figure 12.8-3**

25 . (Calculator)

Step 1: (See Figure 12.8-4 .) Let *P* = *x* + *y* where *P* is the length of the pipe and *x* and *y* are as shown. The minimum value of *P* is the maximum length of the pipe to be able to turn in the corner. By similar triangles, and thus,

.

**Figure 12.8-4**

Step 2: Find the minimum value of *P* .

Enter . Use the [*Minimum* ] function of the calculator and obtain the minimum point (9.306, 22.388).

Step 3: Verify with the First Derivative Test.

Enter *y* 2 = (*y* 1(*x* ), *x* ) and observe. (See Figure 12.8-5 .)

**Figure 12.8-5**

Step 4: Check endpoints.

The domain of *x* is (6, ∞). Since *x* = 9.306 is the only relative extremum, it is the absolute minimum. Thus the maximum length of the pipe is 22.388 feet.

## CHAPTER 13

## Big Idea 3: Integrals and the Fundamental Theorems of Calculus

## Areas and Volumes

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary:** In this chapter, you will be introduced to several important applications of the definite integral. You will learn how to find the area under a curve and the volume of a solid. Some of the techniques that you will be shown include finding area under a curve by using rectangular and trapezoidal approximations, and finding the volume of a solid using cross sections, discs, and washers. These techniques involve working with algebraic expressions and lengthy computations. It is important that you work carefully through the practice problems provided in the chapter, and check your solutions with the given explanations.

The function

Rectangular Approximations

Trapezoidal Approximations

Area Under a Curve

Area Between Two Curves

Solids with Known Cross Sections

The Disc Method

The Washer Method

### 13.1 The Function

The Second Fundamental Theorem of Calculus defines

and states that if *f* is continuous on [*a* , *b* ], then *F* ′ (*x* ) = *f* (*x* ) for every point *x* in [*a* , *b* ].

If *f* ≥ 0, then *F* ≥ 0. *F* (*x* ) can be interpreted geometrically as the area under the curve of *f* from *t* = *a* to *t* = *x* . (See Figure 13.1-1 .)

**Figure 13.1-1**

If *f* < 0, *F* < 0, *F* (*x* ) can be treated as the negative value of the area between the curve of *f* and the *t* -axis from *t* = *a* to *t* = *x* . (See Figure 13.1-2 .)

**Figure 13.1-2**

#### Example 1

If for 0 ≤ *x* ≤ 2*π* , find the value(s) of *x* where *f* has a local minimum.

.

Method 2: You can solve this problem geometrically by using area. See Figure 13.1-3 .

**Figure 13.1-3**

The area “under the curve” is above the *t* -axis on [0, *π* /2] and below the *x* -axis on [*π* /2, 3*π* /2]. Thus the local minimum occurs at 3*π* /2.

#### Example 2

Let and the graph of *f* is shown in Figure 13.1-4 .

**Figure 13.1-4**

(a) Evaluate: *p* (0), *p* (1), *p* (4).

(b) Evaluate: *p* (5), *p* (7), *p* (8).

(c) At what value of *t* does *p* have a maximum value?

(d) On what interval(s) is *p* decreasing?

(e) Draw a sketch of the graph of *p* .

Solution:

(c) Since *f* ≥ 0 on the interval [0, 4], *p* attains a maximum at *t* = 4.

(d) Since *f* (*t* ) is below the *x* -axis from *t* = 4 to *t* = 8, if *x* > 4,

.

Thus, *p* is decreasing on the interval (4, 8).

(e) . See Figure 13.1-5 for a sketch.

**Figure 13.1-5**

• Remember differentiability implies continuity, but the converse is not true, i.e., continuity does not imply differentiability, e.g., as in the case of a cusp or a corner.

#### Example 3

The position function of a moving particle on a coordinate axis is:

, where *t* is in seconds and *s* is in feet.

The function *f* is a differentiable function and its graph is shown below in Figure 13.1-6 .

**Figure 13.1-6**

(a) What is the particle’s velocity at *t* = 4?

(b) What is the particle’s position at *t* = 3?

(c) When is the acceleration zero?

(d) When is the particle moving to the right?

(e) At *t* = 8, is the particle on the right side or left side of the origin?

Solution:

(a) Since , then *v* (*t* ) = *s* ′ (*t* ) = *f* (*t* ).

Thus, *v* (4) = –8 ft/sec.

(b) .

(c) *a* (*t* ) = *v* ′ (*t* ). Since *v* ′ (*t* ) = *f* ′ (*t* ), *v* ′ (*t* ) = 0 at *t* = 4. Thus, *a* (4) = 0 ft/sec^{2} .

(d) The particle is moving to the right when *v* (*t* ) > 0. Thus, the particle is moving to the right on intervals (0, 2) and (7, 8).

(e) The area of *f* below the *x* -axis from *x* = 2 to *x* = 7 is larger than the area of *f* above the *x* -axis from *x* = 0 to *x* = 2 and *x* = 7 to *x* = 8. Thus, and the particle is on the left side of the origin.

• Do not forget that (*fg* )′ = *f* ′ *g* + *g* ′ *f* and *not f* ′ *g* ′. However, lim(*fg* ) = (lim *f* ) (lim *g* ).

### 13.2 Approximating the Area Under a Curve

**Main Concepts:** Rectangular Approximations, Trapezoidal Approximations

#### Rectangular Approximations

If *f* ≥ 0, the area under the curve of *f* can be approximated using three common types of rectangles: left-endpoint rectangles, right-endpoint rectangles, or midpoint rectangles. (See Figure 13.2-1 .)

**Figure 13.2-1**

The area under the curve using *n* rectangles of equal length is approximately:

If *f* is increasing on [*a* , *b* ], then left-endpoint rectangles are inscribed rectangles and the right-endpoint rectangles are circumscribed rectangles. If *f* is decreasing on [*a* , *b* ], then left-endpoint rectangles are circumscribed rectangles and the right-endpoint rectangles are inscribed. Furthermore,

inscribed rectangle ≤ area under the curve circumscribed rectangle.

#### Example 1

Find the approximate area under the curve of *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} + 1 from *x* = 0 to *x* = 2, using 4 left-endpoint rectangles of equal length. (See Figure 13.2-2 .)

**Figure 13.2-2**

Let Δ*x _{i} * be the length of

*i*th rectangle. The length .

Area under the curve .

Enter Σ (((.5(*x* – 1))^{2} + 1) ∗ .5, *x* , 1, 4) and obtain 3.75.

Or, find the area of each rectangle:

Area of (Rect_{I} + Rect_{II} + Rect_{III} + Rect_{IV} ) = 3.75.

Thus, the approximate area under the curve of *f* (*x* ) is 3.75.

#### Example 2

Find the approximate area under the curve of from *x* = 4 to *x* = 9 using 5 right-endpoint rectangles. (See Figure 13.2-3 .)

**Figure 13.2-3**

Let Δ*x _{i} * be the length of the

*i*th rectangle. The length .

Or, using Σ notation:

.

Enter and obtain 13.160.

Thus the area under the curve is approximately 13.160.

#### Example 3

The function *f* is continuous on [1, 9] and *f* > 0. Selected values of *f* are given below:

Using 4 midpoint rectangles, approximate the area under the curve of *f* for *x* = 1 to *x* = 9. (See Figure 13.2-4 .)

**Figure 13.2-4**

Let Δ*x _{i} * be the length of the

*i*th rectangle. The length .

Area of Rect_{I} = *f* (2)(2) = (1.41)2 = 2.82.

Area of Rect_{II} = *f* (4)(2) = (2)2 = 4.

Area of Rect_{III} = *f* (6)(2) = (2.45)2 = 4.90.

Area of Rect_{IV} = *f* (8)(2) = (2.83)2 = 5.66.

Area of (Rect_{I} + Rect_{II} + Rect_{III} + Rect_{IV} ) = 2.82 + 4 + 4.90 + 5.66 = 17.38.

Thus the area under the curve is approximately 17.38.

#### Trapezoidal Approximations

Another method of approximating the area under a curve is to use trapezoids. See Figure 13.2-5 .

**Figure 13.2-5**

#### Formula for Trapezoidal Approximation

If *f* is continuous, the area under the curve of *f* from *x* = *a* to *x* = *b* is:

.

#### Example 1

Find the approximate area under the curve of from *x* = 0 to *x* = *π* , using 4 trapezoids. (See Figure 13.2-6 .)

**Figure 13.2-6**

Since .

Area under the curve:

• When using a graphing calculator in solving a problem, you are required to write the setup that leads to the answer. For example, if you are finding the volume of a solid, you must write the definite integral and then use the calculator to compute the numerical value, e.g., Volume . Simply indicating the answer without writing the integral would get you only one point for the answer. And you will not get full credit for the problem.

### 13.3 Area and Definite Integrals

**Main Concepts:** Area Under a Curve, Area Between Two Curves

#### Area Under a Curve

If *y* = *f* (*x* ) is continuous and non-negative on [*a* , *b* ], then the area under the curve of *f* from *a* to *b* is:

.

If *f* is continuous and *f* < 0 on [*a* , *b* ], then the area under the curve from *a* to *b* is:

. See Figure 13.3-1 .

**Figure 13.3-1**

If *x* = *g* (*y* ) is continuous and non-negative on [*c* , *d* ], then the area under the curve of *g* from *c* to *d* is:

Area . See Figure 13.3-2 .

**Figure 13.3-2**

#### Example 1

Find the area under the curve of *f* (*x* ) = (*x* – 1)^{3} from *x* = 0 to *x* = 2.

Step 1: Sketch the graph of *f* (*x* ). See Figure 13.3-3 .

**Figure 13.3-3**

Step 2: Set up integrals.

.

Step 3: Evaluate the integrals.

Another solution is to find the area using a calculator.

Enter and obtain .

#### Example 2

Find the area of the region bounded by the graph of *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} – 1, the lines *x* = –2 and *x* = 2, and the *x* -axis.

Step 1: Sketch the graph of *f* (*x* ). See Figure 13.3-4 .

**Figure 13.3-4**

Step 2: Set up integrals.

Step 3: Evaluate the integrals.

Note: Since *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} – 1 is an even function, you can use the symmetry of the graph and set area = .

An alternate solution is to find the area using a calculator.

Enter (*abs* (*x* ^2 – 1), *x* –2, 2) and obtain 4.

#### Example 3

Find the area of the region bounded by *x* = *y* ^{2} , *y* = –1, and *y* = 3. See Figure 13.3-5 .

**Figure 13.3-5**

#### Example 4

Using a calculator, find the area bounded by *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} + *x* ^{2} – 6*x* and the *x* -axis. See Figure 13.3-6 .

**Figure 13.3-6**

Step 1: Enter *y* _{1} = *x* ^{∧} 3 + *x* ^{∧} 2 – 6*x* .

Step 2: Enter and obtain 21.083.

#### Example 5

The area under the curve *y* = *e ^{x} * from

*x*= 0 to

*x*=

*k*is 1. Find the value of

*k*.

Area = . Take ln of both sides:

ln(*e ^{k} * ) = ln 2;

*k*= ln 2.

#### Example 6

The region bounded by the *x* -axis, and the graph of *y* = sin *x* between *x* = 0 and *x* = *π* is divided into 2 regions by the line *x* = *k* . If the area of the region for 0 ≤ *x* ≤ *k* is twice the area of the region *k* ≤ *x* ≤ *π* , find *k* . (See Figure 13.3-7 .)

**Figure 13.3-7**

#### Area Between Two Curves

Area Bounded by Two Curves: See Figure 13.3-8 .

**Figure 13.3-8**

#### Example 1

Find the area of the regions bounded by the graphs of *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} and *g* (*x* ) = *x* . (See Figure 13.3-9 .)

**Figure 13.3-9**

Step 1: Sketch the graphs of *f* (*x* ) and *g* (*x* ).

Step 2: Find the points of intersection.

Step 3: Set up integrals.

Note: You can use the symmetry of the graphs and let area = .

An alternate solution is to find the area using a calculator. Enter and obtain .

#### Example 2

Find the area of the region bounded by the curve *y* = *e ^{x} * , the

*y*-axis, and the line

*y*=

*e*

^{2}.

Step 1: Sketch a graph. (See Figure 13.3-10 .)

**Figure 13.3-10**

Step 2: Find the point of intersection. Set *e* ^{2} = *e ^{x} * ⇒

*x*= 2.

Step 3: Set up an integral:

Or using a calculator, enter and obtain (*e* ^{2} + 1).

#### Example 3

Using a calculator, find the area of the region bounded by *y* = sin *x* and between 0 ≤ *x* ≤ *π* .

Step 1: Sketch a graph. (See Figure 13.3-11 .)

**Figure 13.3-11**

Step 2: Find the points of intersection.

Using the [*Intersection* ] function of the calculator, the intersection points are *x* = 0 and *x* = 1.89549.

Step 3: Enter nInt(sin(*x* ) – .5*x* , *x* , 0, 1.89549) and obtain 0.420798 ≈ 0.421.

(Note: You could also use the function on your calculator and get the same result.)

#### Example 4

Find the area of the region bounded by the curve *xy* = 1 and the lines *y* = –5, *x* = *e* , and *x* = *e* ^{3} .

Step 1: Sketch a graph. (See Figure 13.3-12 .)

**Figure 13.3-12**

Step 2: Set up an integral.

.

Step 3: Evaluate the integral.

.

• Remember: If *f* ′ > 0, then *f* is increasing, and if *f* ″ > 0, then the graph of *f* is concave upward.

### 13.4 Volumes and Definite Integrals

**Main Concepts:** Solids with Known Cross Sections, The Disc Method, The Washer Method

#### Solids with Known Cross Sections

If *A* (*x* ) is the area of a cross section of a solid and *A* (*x* ) is continuous on [*a* , *b* ], then the volume of the solid from *x* = *a* to *x* = *b* is:

(See Figure 13.4-1 .)

**Figure 13.4-1**

Note: A cross section of a solid is perpendicular to the height of the solid.

#### Example 1

The base of a solid is the region enclosed by the ellipse . The cross sections are perpendicular to the *x* -axis and are isosceles right triangles whose hypotenuses are on the ellipse. Find the volume of the solid. (See Figure 13.4-2 .)

**Figure 13.4-2**

Step 1: Find the area of a cross section *A* (*x* ).

Step 2: Set up an integral.

Step 3: Evaluate the integral.

The volume of the solid is .

Verify your result with a graphing calculator.

#### Example 2

Find the volume of a pyramid whose base is a square with a side of 6 feet long, and a height of 10 feet. (See Figure 13.4-3 .)

**Figure 13.4-3**

Step 1: Find the area of a cross section *A* (*x* ). Note each cross section is a square of side 2*s* .

Step 2: Set up an integral.

Step 3: Evaluate the integral.

The volume of the pyramid is 120 ft^{3} .

#### Example 3

The base of a solid is the region enclosed by a triangle whose vertices are (0, 0), (4, 0), and (0, 2). The cross sections are semicircles perpendicular to the *x* -axis. Using a calculator, find the volume of the solid. (See Figure 13.4-4 .)

**Figure 13.4-4**

Step 1: Find the area of a cross section.

Equation of the line passing through (0, 2) and (4, 0):

Step 2: Set up an integral.

Step 3: Evaluate the integral.

Enter and obtain 2.0944.

Thus the volume of the solid is 2.094.

• Remember: If *f* ′ < 0, then *f* is decreasing, and if *f* ″ < 0, then the graph of *f* is concave downward.

#### The Disc Method

The volume of a solid of revolution using discs:

Revolving about the *x* -axis:

.

Revolving about the *y* -axis:

.

(See Figure 13.4-5 .)

**Figure 13.4-5**

Revolving about a line *y* = *k* :

.

Revolving about a line *x* = *h* :

.

(See Figure 13.4-6 .)

**Figure 13.4-6**

#### Example 1

Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about the *x* -axis the region bounded by the graph of , the *x* -axis, and the line *x* = 5.

Step 1: Draw a sketch. (See Figure 13.4-7 .)

**Figure 13.4-7**

Step 2: Determine the radius of a disc from a cross section.

Step 3: Set up an integral.

Step 4: Evaluate the integral.

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 2

Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about the *x* -axis the region bounded by the graph of where , the *x* -axis, and the *y* -axis.

Step 1: Draw a sketch. (See Figure 13.4-8 .)

**Figure 13.4-8**

Step 2: Determine the radius from a cross section.

Step 3: Set up an integral.

Step 4: Evaluate the integral.

Thus, the volume of the solid is *π* .

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 3

Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about the *y* -axis the region in the first quadrant bounded by the graph of *y* = *x* ^{2} , the *y* -axis, and the line *y* = 6.

Step 1: Draw a sketch. (See Figure 13.4-9 .)

**Figure 13.4-9**

Step 2: Determine the radius from a cross section.

Step 3: Set up an integral.

Step 4: Evaluate the integral.

The volume of the solid is 18*π* .

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 4

Using a calculator, find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about the line *y* = 8 the region bounded by the graph of *y* = *x* ^{2} + 4, and the line *y* = 8.

Step 1: Draw a sketch. (See Figure 13.4-10 .)

**Figure 13.4-10**

Step 2: Determine the radius from a cross section.

*r* = 8 – *y* = 8 – (*x* ^{2} + 4) = 4 – *x* ^{2}

Step 3: Set up an integral.

To find the intersection points, set 8 = *x* ^{2} + 4 ⇒ *x* = ±2.

Step 4: Evaluate the integral.

.

Thus, the volume of the solid is .

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 5

Using a calculator, find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about the line *y* = –3 the region bounded by the graph of *y* = *e ^{x} * , the

*y*-axis, and the lines

*x*= ln 2 and

*y*= –3.

Step 1: Draw a sketch. (See Figure 13.4-11 .)

**Figure 13.4-11**

Step 2: Determine the radius from a cross section.

*r* = *y* – (–3) = *y* + 3 = *e ^{x} * + 3

Step 3: Set up an integral.

Step 4: Evaluate the integral.

The volume of the solid is approximately 13.7383*π* .

• Remember: If *f* ′ is increasing, then *f* ″ > 0 and the graph of *f* is concave upward.

#### The Washer Method

The volume of a solid (with a hole in the middle) generated by revolving a region bounded by 2 curves:

About the *x* -axis:

; where *f* (*x* ) = outer radius and *g* (*x* ) = inner radius.

About the *y* -axis:

; where *p* (*y* ) = outer radius and *q* (*y* ) = inner radius.

About a line *x* = *h* :

.

About a line *y* = *k* :

.

#### Example 1

Using the Washer Method, find the volume of the solid generated by revolving the region bounded by *y* = *x* ^{3} and *y* = *x* in the first quadrant about the *x* -axis.

Step 1: Draw a sketch. (See Figure 13.4-12 .)

**Figure 13.4-12**

To find the points of intersection, set *x* = *x* ^{3} ⇒ *x* ^{3} – *x* = 0 or *x* (*x* ^{2} – 1) = 0, or *x* = –1, 0, 1. In the first quadrant *x* = 0, 1.

Step 2: Determine the outer and inner radii of a washer, whose outer radius = *x* ; and inner radius = *x* ^{3} .

Step 3: Set up an integral.

Step 4: Evaluate the integral.

Verify your result with a calculator.

#### Example 2

Using the Washer Method and a calculator, find the volume of the solid generated by revolving the region in Example 1 about the line *y* = 2.

Step 1: Draw a sketch. (See Figure 13.4-13 .)

**Figure 13.4-13**

Step 2: Determine the outer and inner radii of a washer.

The outer radius = (2 – *x* ^{3} ) and inner radius = (2 – *x* ).

Step 3: Set up an integral.

Step 4: Evaluate the integral.

.

The volume of the solid is .

#### Example 3

Using the Washer Method and a calculator, find the volume of the solid generated by revolving the region bounded by *y* = *x* ^{2} and *x* = *y* ^{2} about the *y* -axis.

Step 1: Draw a sketch. (See Figure 13.4-14 .)

**Figure 13.4-14**

Intersection points: .

Step 2: Determine the outer and inner radii of a washer, with outer radius:

and inner radius: *x* = *y* ^{2} .

Step 3: Set up an integral.

Step 4: Evaluate the integral.

.

The volume of the solid is .

### 13.5 Rapid Review

1. If and the graph of *g* is shown in Figure 13.5-1 . Find *f* (3).

**Figure 13.5-1**

2. The function *f* is continous on [1, 5] and *f* > 0 and selected values of *f* are given below.

Using 2 midpoint rectangles, approximate the area under the curve of *f* for *x* = 1 to *x* = 5.

*Answer:* Midpoints are *x* = 2 and *x* = 4 and the width of each rectangle .

Area ≈ Area of Rect_{1} + Area of Rect_{2} ≈ 4(2) + 8(2) ≈ 24.

3. Set up an integral to find the area of the regions bounded by the graphs of *y* = *x* ^{3} and *y* = *x* . Do not evaluate the integral.

*Answer:* Graphs intersect at *x* = –1 and *x* = 1. (See Figure 13.5-2 .)

**Figure 13.5-2**

.

Or, using symmetry, .

4. The base of a solid is the region bounded by the lines *y* = *x* , *x* = 1, and the *x* -axis. The cross sections are squares perpendicular to the *x* -axis. Set up an integral to find the volume of the solid. Do not evaluate the integral.

*Answer:* Area of cross section = *x* ^{2} .

.

5. Set up an integral to find the volume of a solid generated by revolving the region bounded by the graph of *y* = sin *x* , where 0 ≤ *x* ≤ *π* and the *x* -axis, about the *x* -axis. Do not evaluate the integral.

.

6. The area under the curve of from *x* = *a* to *x* = 5 is approximately 0.916 where 1 ≤ *a* < 5. Using your calculator, find *a* .

### 13.6 Practice Problems

#### Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed.

1 . Let where the graph of *f* is given in Figure 13.6-1 .

**Figure 13.6-1**

(a) Evaluate *F* (0), *F* (3), and *F* (5).

(b) On what interval(s) is *F* decreasing?

(c) At what value of *t* does *F* have a maximum value?

(d) On what interval is *F* concave up?

2 . Find the area of the region(s) enclosed by the curve *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} , the *x* -axis, and the lines *x* = –1 and *x* = 2.

3 . Find the area of the region(s) enclosed by the curve *y* = |2*x* – 6|, the *x* -axis, and the lines *x* = 0 and *x* = 4.

4 . Find the approximate area under the curve from *x* = 1 to *x* = 5, using four right-endpoint rectangles of equal lengths.

5 . Find the approximate area under the curve *y* = *x* ^{2} + 1 from *x* = 0 to *x* = 3, using the Trapezoidal Rule with *n* = 3.

6 . Find the area of the region bounded by the graphs , *y* = –*x* , and *x* = 4.

7 . Find the area of the region bounded by the curves *x* = *y* ^{2} and *x* = 4.

8 . Find the area of the region bounded by the graphs of all four equations: ; *x* -axis; and the lines, and *x* = *π* .

9 . Find the volume of the solid obtained by revolving about the *x* -axis, the region bounded by the graphs of *y* = *x* ^{2} + 4, the *x* -axis, the *y* -axis, and the lines *x* = 3.

10 . The area under the curve from *x* = 1 to *x* = *k* is 1. Find the value of *k* .

11 . Find the volume of the solid obtained by revolving about the *y* -axis the region bounded by *x* = *y* ^{2} + 1, *x* = 0, *y* = –1, and *y* = 1.

12 . Let *R* be the region enclosed by the graph *y* = 3*x* , the *x* -axis, and the line *x* = 4. The line *x* = *a* divides region *R* into two regions such that when the regions are revolved about the *x* -axis, the resulting solids have equal volume. Find *a* .

#### Part B—Calculators are allowed.

13 . Find the volume of the solid obtained by revolving about the *x* -axis the region bounded by the graphs of *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} and *g* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} .

14 . The base of a solid is a region bounded by the circle *x* ^{2} + *y* ^{2} = 4. The cross sections of the solid perpendicular to the *x* -axis are equilateral triangles. Find the volume of the solid.

15 . Find the volume of the solid obtained by revolving about the *y* -axis, the region bounded by the curves *x* = *y* ^{2} and *y* = *x* – 2. For Problems 16 through 19, find the volume of the solid obtained by revolving the region as described below. (See Figure 13.6-2 .)

**Figure 13.6-2**

16 . *R* _{1} about the *x* -axis.

17 . *R* _{2} about the *y* -axis.

18 . *R* _{1} about the line .

19 . *R* _{2} about the line .

20 . The function *f* (*x* ) is continuous on [0, 12] and the selected values of *f* (*x* ) are shown in the table.

Find the approximate area under the curve of *f* from 0 to 12 using three midpoint rectangles.

### 13.7 Cumulative Review Problems

#### (Calculator) indicates that calculators are permitted.

21 . If , find in terms of *k* .

22 . A man wishes to pull a log over a 9-foot-high garden wall as shown in Figure 13.7-1 . He is pulling at a rate of 2 ft/sec. At what rate is the angle between the rope and the ground changing when there are 15 feet of rope between the top of the wall and the log?

**Figure 13.7-1**

23 . (Calculator) Find a point on the parabola that is closest to the point (4, 1).

24 . The velocity function of a particle moving along the *x* -axis is *v* (*t* ) = *t* cos(*t* ^{2} + 1) for *t* ≥ 0.

(a) If at *t* = 0, the particle is at the origin, find the position of the particle at *t* = 2.

(b) Is the particle moving to the right or left at *t* = 2?

(c) Find the acceleration of the particle at *t* = 2 and determine if the velocity of the particle is increasing or decreasing. Explain why.

25 . (Calculator) given *f* (*x* ) = *xe ^{x} * and

*g*(

*x*) = cos

*x*, find:

(a) The area of the region in the first quadrant bounded by the graphs *f* (*x* ), *g* (*x* ), and *x* = 0.

(b) The volume obtained by revolving the region in part (a) about the *x* -axis.

### 13.8 Solutions to Practice Problems

#### Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed.

1 . (a)

(b) Since , *F* is decreasing on the interval [3, 5].

(c) At *t* = 3, *F* has a maximum value.

(d) *F* ′ (*x* ) = *f* (*x* ), *F* ′ (*x* ) is increasing on (4, 5) which implies *F* ≤ (*x* ) > 0. Thus *F* is concave upward on (4, 5).

2 . (See Figure 13.8-1 .)

**Figure 13.8-1**

3 . (See Figure 13.8-2 .)

**Figure 13.8-2**

Set 2*x* – 6 = 0; *x* = 3 and

4 . (See Figure 13.8-3 .)

**Figure 13.8-3**

5 . (See Figure 13.8-4 .)

**Figure 13.8-4**

6 . (See Figure 13.8-5 .)

**Figure 13.8-5**

7 . (See Figure 13.8-6 .)

**Figure 13.8-6**

Intersection points: 4 = *y* ^{2} ⇒ *y* = ±2.

You can use the symmetry of the region and obtain the . An alternative method is to find the area by setting up an integral with respect to the *x* -axis and expressing *x* = *y* ^{2} as and .

8 . (See Figure 13.8-7 .)

**Figure 13.8-7**

9 . (See Figure 13.8-8 .)

**Figure 13.8-8**

Using the Disc Method:

10 . Area

Set ln *k* = 1. Thus *e* ^{ln k } = *e* ^{1} or *k* = *e* .

11 . (See Figure 13.8-9 .)

**Figure 13.8-9**

Using the Disc Method:

Note: You can use the symmetry of the region and find the volume by

.

12 . Volume of solid by revolving *R* :

You can verify your result by evaluating

. The result is 96*π* .

#### Part B—Calculators are allowed.

13 . (See Figure 13.8-10 .)

**Figure 13.8-10**

Step 1: Using the Washer Method: Points of Intersection: Set *x* ^{3} = *x* ^{2} ⇒ *x* ^{3} – *x* ^{2} = 0 ⇒ *x* ^{2} (*x* – 1) = 0 or *x* = 1. Outer radius = *x* ^{2} ; Inner radius = *x* ^{3} .

Step 2:

Step 3: Enter and obtain .

14 . (See Figure 13.8-11 .)

**Figure 13.8-11**

Step 1: *x* ^{2} + *y* ^{2} = 4 ⇒ *y* ^{2} = 4 – *x* ^{2} ⇒ Let *s* = a side of an equilateral triangle .

Step 2: Area of a cross section:

.

Step 3:

Step 4: Enter and obtain .

15 . (See Figure 13.8-12 .)

**Figure 13.8-12**

Step 1: Using the Washer Method:

Points of Intersection:

*y* = *x* – 2 ⇒ *x* = *y* + 2

Set *y* ^{2} = *y* + 2

⇒ *y* ^{2} – *y* – 2 = 0

⇒ (*y* – 2)(*y* + 1) = 0

or *y* = –1 or y = 2.

Outer radius = *y* + 2;

Inner radius = *y* ^{2} .

Step 2:

Step 3: Enter

and obtain .

16 . (See Figure 13.8-13 .)

**Figure 13.8-13**

Step 1: Using the Washer Method:

*y* = 8, *y* = *x* ^{3}

Outer radius = 8;

Inner radius = *x* ^{3} .

Step 2: Enter ∫ *π* (8^{2} – *x* ^{6} , *x* , 0, 2) and obtain .

17 . (See Figure 13.8-14 .)

**Figure 13.8-14**

Using the Washer Method:

Outer radius: *x* = 2;

Inner radius: *x* = *y* ^{1/3} .

Using your calculator, you obtain

.

18 . (See Figure 13.8-15 .)

**Figure 13.8-15**

Step 1: Using the Disc Method:

Radius = (8 – *x* ^{3} ).

Step 2: Enter and obtain .

19 . (See Figure 13.8-16 .)

**Figure 13.8-16**

Using the Disc Method:

Radius = 2 – *x* = (2 – *y* ^{1/3} ).

Using your calculator, you obtain

.

20 . .

*x _{i} * = midpoint of the

*i*th interval.

Length of .

Area of Rect_{I} = *f* (2)Δ*x* _{1} = (2.24)(4) = 8.96.

Area of Rect_{II} = *f* (6)Δ*x* _{2} = (3.61)(4) = 14.44.

Area of Rect_{III} = *f* (10)Δ*x* _{3} = (4.58)(4) = 18.32.

Total Area = 8.96 + 14.44 + 18.32 = 41.72.

The area under the curve is approximately 41.72.

### 13.9 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

21 . (See Figure 13.9-1 .)

**Figure 13.9-1**

Since *e* ^{ x } ^{2} is an even function, thus

22 . (See Figure 13.9-2 .)

**Figure 13.9-2**

Differentiate both sides:

.

When *x* = 15, 9^{2} + *y* ^{2} = 15^{2} ⇒ *y* = 12.

Thus, .

23 . (See Figure 13.9-3 .)

**Figure 13.9-3**

Step 1: Distance Formula:

where the domain is all real numbers.

Step 2: Enter *y* _{1} =

Enter *y* _{2} = *d* (*y* _{1} (*x* ), *x* ).

Step 3: Use the [*Zero* ] function and obtain *x* = 2 for *y* _{2} .

Step 4: Use the First Derivative Test. (See Figures 13.9-4 and 13.9-5 .) At *x* = 2, *L* has a relative minimum. Since at *x* = 2, *L* has the only relative extremum, it is an absolute minimum.

**Figure 13.9-4**

**Figure 13.9-5**

Step 5: At . Thus, the point on closest to the point (4, 1) is the point (2, 2).

24 . (a) *s* (0) = 0 and

.

Enter

and obtain .

Thus, .

(b) *v* (2) = 2 cos(2^{2} + 1) = 2 cos(5) = 0.567324

Since *v* (2) > 0, the particle is moving to the right at *t* = 2.

(c) *a* (*t* ) = *v* ′(*t* )

Enter *d* (*x* * cos(*x* ^ 2 + 1), *x* )|*x* = 2 and obtain 7.95506.

Thus, the velocity of the particle is increasing at *t* = 2, since *a* (2) > 0.

25 . (See Figure 13.9-6 .)

**Figure 13.9-6**

(a) Point of Intersection: Use the [*Intersection* ] function of the calculator and obtain (0.517757, 0.868931).

(0, 0.51775) and obtain 0.304261. The area of the region is approximately 0.304.

(b) Step 1: Using the Washer Method:

Outer radius = cos *x* ;

Inner radius = *xe ^{x} * .

Step 2: Enter

and obtain 1.16678.

The volume of the solid is approximately 1.167.

## CHAPTER 14

## Big Idea 3: Integrals and the Fundamental Theorems of Calculus

## More Applications of Definite Integrals

**IN THIS CHAPTER**

**Summary:** In this chapter, you will learn to solve problems using a definite integral as accumulated change. These problems include distance traveled problems, temperature problems, and growth problems. You will also learn to work with slope fields and to solve differential equations.

**Key Ideas**

Average Value of a Function

Mean Value Theorem for Integrals

Distance Traveled Problems

Definite Integral as Accumulated Change

Differential Equations

Slope Fields

### 14.1 Average Value of a Function

**Main Concepts:** Mean Value Theorem for Integrals, Average Value of a Function on [*a* , *b* ]

#### Mean Value Theorem for Integrals

If *f* is continuous on [*a* , *b* ], then there exists a number *c* in [*a* , *b* ] such that . (See Figure 14.1-1 .)

**Figure 14.1-1**

#### Example 1

Given , verify the hypotheses of the Mean Value Theorem for Integrals for *f* on [1, 10] and find the value of *c* as indicated in the theorem.

The function *f* is continuous for *x* ≥ 1, thus:

#### Example 2

Given *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{2} , verify the hypotheses of the Mean Value Theorem for Integrals for *f* on [0, 6] and find the value of *c* as indicated in the theorem.

Since *f* is a polynomial, it is continuous and differentiable everywhere,

Since only is in the interval [0, 6], *c* = .

#### Average Value of a Function on [*a, b* ]

##### Average Value of a Function on an Interval

If *f* is a continuous function on [*a* , *b* ], then the Average Value of *f* on [*a* , *b* ] .

#### Example 1

Find the average value of *y* = sin *x* between *x* = 0 and *x* = *π* .

#### Example 2

The graph of a function *f* is shown in Figure 14.1-2 . Find the average value of *f* on [0, 4].

**Figure 14.1-2**

#### Example 3

The velocity of a particle moving on a line is *v* (*t* ) = 3*t* ^{2} – 18*t* + 24. Find the average velocity from *t* = 1 to *t* = 3.

Note: The average velocity for *t* = 1 to *t* = 3 is , which is equivalent to the computations above.

### 14.2 Distance Traveled Problems

#### Summary of Formulas

Position Function: .

Velocity: .

Acceleration: .

Speed: |*v* (*t* )|.

Displacement from .

Total Distance Traveled from .

#### Example 1

See Figure 14.2-1 .

**Figure 14.2-1**

The graph of the velocity function of a moving particle is shown in Figure 14.2-1 . What is the total distance traveled by the particle during 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 12?

#### Example 2

The velocity function of a moving particle on a coordinate line is *v* (*t* ) = *t* ^{2} + 3*t* – 10 for 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 6. Find (a) the displacement by the particle during 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 6, and (b) the total distance traveled during 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 6.

The total distance traveled by the particle is or approximately 88.667.

#### Example 3

The velocity function of a moving particle on a coordinate line is *v* (*t* ) = *t* ^{3} – 6*t* ^{2} + 11*t* – 6.

Using a calculator, find (a) the displacement by the particle during 1 ≤ *t* ≤ 4, and (b) the total distance traveled by the particle during 1 ≤ *t* ≤ 4.

(b) Total Distance Traveled = .

Enter *y* 1 = *x* ^{∧} 3 – 6*x* ^{∧} 2 + 11*x* – 6 and use the [*Zero* ] function to obtain *x* -intercepts at *x* = 1, 2, 3.

#### Example 4

The acceleration function of a moving particle on a coordinate line is *a* (*t* ) = –4 and *v* _{0} = 12 for 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 8. Find the total distance traveled by the particle during 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 8.

Total distance traveled by the particle is 68.

#### Example 5

The velocity function of a moving particle on a coordinate line is *v* (*t* ) = 3 cos(2*t* ) for 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 2*π* . Using a calculator:

(a) Determine when the particle is moving to the right.

(b) Determine when the particle stops.

(c) The total distance traveled by the particle during 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 2*π* .

Solution:

(a) The particle is moving to the right when *v* (*t* ) > 0.

Enter *y* 1 = 3 cos(2*x* ). Obtain *y* _{1} = 0 when , and .

The particle is moving to the right when:

.

(b) The particle stops when *v* (*t* ) = 0.

Thus the particle stops at , and .

(c) Total distance traveled .

Enter (abs(3 cos(2*x* )), *x* , 0, 2*π* ) and obtain 12.

The total distance traveled by the particle is 12.

### 14.3 Definite Integral as Accumulated Change

**Main Concepts:** Business Problems, Temperature Problem, Leakage Problem, Growth Problem

#### Business Problems

*P* ′(*x* ), *R* ′(*x* ), and *C* ′(*x* ) are the instantaneous rates of change of profit, revenue, and cost, respectively.

#### Example 1

The marginal profit of manufacturing and selling a certain drug is *P* ′(*x* ) = 100 – 0.005*x* .

How much profit should the company expect if it sells 10,000 units of this drug?

#### Example 2

If the marginal cost of producing *x* units of a commodity is *C* ′(*x* ) = 5 + 0.4*x* ,

find (a) the marginal cost when *x* = 50;

(b) the cost of producing the first 100 units.

Solution:

(a) Marginal cost at *x* = 50:

*C* ′(50) = 5 + 0.4(50) = 5 + 20 = 25.

(b) Cost of producing 100 units:

#### Temperature Problem

#### Example

On a certain day, the changes in the temperature in a greenhouse beginning at 12 noon are represented by degrees Fahrenheit, where *t* is the number of hours elapsed after 12 noon. If at 12 noon, the temperature is 95°F, find the temperature in the greenhouse at 5 p.m.

Let *F* (*t* ) represent the temperature of the greenhouse.

The temperature in the greenhouse at 5 p.m. is 98.602°F.

#### Leakage Problems

#### Example

Water is leaking from a faucet at the rate of *l* (*t* ) = 10*e* ^{-0.5t } gallons per hour, where *t* is measured in hours. How many gallons of water will have leaked from the faucet after a 24-hour period?

Let *L* (*x* ) represent the number of gallons that have leaked after *x* hours.

Using your calculator, enter ∫ (10*e* ^(−0.5*x* ), *x* , 0, 24) and obtain 19.9999. Thus, the number of gallons of water that have leaked after *x* hours is approximately 20 gallons.

#### Growth Problem

#### Example

On a farm, the animal population is increasing at a rate which can be approximately represented by *g* (*t* ) = 20 + 50 ln(2 + *t* ), where *t* is measured in years. How much will the animal population increase to the nearest tens between the third and fifth years?

Let *G* (*x* ) be the increase in animal population after *x* years.

Thus, the population increase between the third and fifth years

Enter and obtain 218.709.

Thus the animal population will increase by approximately 220 between the third and fifth years.

### 14.4 Differential Equations

**Main Concepts:** Exponential Growth/Decay Problems, Separable Differential Equations

#### Exponential Growth/Decay Problems

1. If , then the rate of change of *y* is proportional to *y* .

2. If *y* is a differentiable function of *t* with , then *y* (*t* ) = *y* _{0} *e* ^{ kt } ; where *y* _{0} is initial value of *y* and *k* is constant. If *k* > 0, then *k* is a growth constant and if *k* < 0, then *k* is the decay constant.

#### Example 1—Population Growth

If the amount of bacteria in a culture at any time increases at a rate proportional to the amount of bacteria present and there are 500 bacteria after one day and 800 bacteria after the third day:

(a) approximately how many bacteria are there initially, and

(b) approximately how many bacteria are there after 4 days?

Solution:

(a) Since the rate of increase is proportional to the amount of bacteria present, then:

where *y* is the amount of bacteria at any time.

Therefore, this is an exponential growth/decay model: *y* (*t* ) = *y* _{0} *e* ^{ kt } .

Step 1: *y* (1) = 500 and *y* (3) = 800

500 = *y* _{0} *e* ^{ k } and 800 = *y* _{0} *e* ^{3k }

Step 2:

Substitute *y* _{0} = 500*e* ^{-k } into 800 = *y* _{0} *e* ^{3k } .

Take the ln of both sides :

Step 3: Substitute into one of the equations.

Thus, there are 395 bacteria present initially.

(b)

Thus there are approximately 1012 bacteria present after 4 days.

#### Example 2—Radioactive Decay

Carbon-14 has a half-life of 5750 years. If initially there are 60 grams of carbon-14, how many grams are left after 3000 years?

Step 1: *y* (*t* ) = *y* _{0} *e* ^{ kt } = 60*e* ^{ kt }

Since half-life is 5750 years, .

Step 2:

Thus, there will be approximately 41.792 grams of carbon-14 after 3000 years.

#### Separable Differential Equations

#### General Procedure

Steps:

1. Separate the variables: *g* (*y* )*dy* = *f* (*x* )*dx* .

2. Integrate both sides: ∫*g* (*y* )*dy* = ∫ *f* (*x* )*dx* .

3. Solve for *y* to get a general solution.

4. Substitute given conditions to get a particular solution.

5. Verify your result by differentiating.

#### Example 1

Given and , solve the differential equation.

Step 1: Separate the variables: .

Step 2: Integrate both sides: .

Step 3: General solution: .

Step 4: Particular solution: .

Step 5: Verify result by differentiating.

#### Example 2

Find a solution of the differentiation equation .

Step 1: Separate variables: *dy* = *x* sin(*x* ^{2} )*dx* .

Step 2: Integrate both sides: .

Let *u* = *x* ^{2} ; *du* = 2*x dx* or .

Step 3: Substitute given condition:

Step 4: Verify result by differentiating:

#### Example 3

If and at *x* = 0, *y* ′ = –1, and *y* = 3, find a solution of the differential equation.

Step 1: Rewrite as .

Step 2: Separate variables: *dy* ′ = (2*x* + 1)*dx* .

Step 3: Integrate both sides: .

Step 4: Substitute given condition: At *x* = 0, *y* ′ = –1; –1 = 0 + 0 + *C* _{1} ⇒ *C* _{1} = –1. Thus, *y* ′ = *x* ^{2} + *x* – 1.

Step 5: Rewrite: .

Step 6: Separate variables: *dy* = (*x* ^{2} + *x* – 1)*dx* .

Step 7: Integrate both sides:

Step 8: Substitute given condition: At *x* = 0, *y* = 3; 3 = 0 + 0 – 0 + *C* _{2} ⇒ *C* _{2} = 3.

Therefore, .

Step 9: Verify result by differentiating:

#### Example 4

Find the general solution of the differential equation .

Step 1: Separate variables:

.

Step 2: Integrate both sides:

Step 3: General solution: solve for *y* .

The general solution is *y* = *C* (*x* ^{2} + 1).

Step 4: Verify result by differentiating:

#### Example 5

Write an equation for the curve that passes through the point (3, 4) and has a slope at any point (*x* , *y* ) as .

Step 1: Separate variables: 2*y dy* = (*x* ^{2} + 1)*dx* .

Step 2: Integrate both sides: .

Step 3: Substitute given condition: .

Thus, .

Step 4: Verify the result by differentiating:

### 14.5 Slope Fields

**Main Concepts:** Slope Fields, Solution of Different Equations

A *slope field* (or a *direction field* ) for first-order differential equations is a graphic representation of the slopes of a family of curves. It consists of a set of short line segments drawn on a pair of axes. These line segments are the tangents to a family of solution curves for the differential equation at various points. The tangents show the direction which the solution curves will follow. Slope fields are useful in sketching solution curves without having to solve a differential equation algebraically.

#### Example 1

If , draw a slope field for the given differential equation.

Step 1: Set up a table of values for for selected values of *x* .

Note that since , the numerical value of is independent of the value of *y* . For example, at the points (1, –1), (1, 0), (1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), and at all the points whose *x* -coordinates are 1, the numerical value of is 0.5 regardless of their *y* -coordinates. Similarly, for all the points, whose *x* -coordinates are 2 (e.g., (2, – 1), (2, 0), (2, 3), etc.), . Also, remember that represents the slopes of the tangent lines to the curve at various points. You are now ready to draw these tangents.

Step 2: Draw short line segments with the given slopes at the various points. The slope field for the differential equation is shown in Figure 14.5-1 .

**Figure 14.5-1**

#### Example 2

Figure 14.5-2 shows a slope field for one of the differential equations given below. Identify the equation.

**Figure 14.5-2**

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Solution:

If you look across horizontally at any row of tangents, you’ll notice that the tangents have the same slope. (Points on the same row have the same *y* -coordinate but different *x* -coordinates.) Therefore, the numerical value of (which represents the slope of the tangent) depends solely on the *y* -coordinate of a point and it is independent of the *x* -coordinate. Thus, only choice (c) and choice (d) satisfy this condition. Also notice that the tangents have a negative slope when *y* > 0 and have a positive slope when *y* < 0.

Therefore, the correct choice is (d), .

#### Example 3

A slope field for a differential equation is shown in Figure 14.5-3 . Draw a possible graph for the particular solution *y* = *f* (*x* ) to the differential equation function, if (a) the initial condition is *f* (0) = –2 and (b) the initial condition is *f* (0) = 0.

**Figure 14.5-3**

Solution:

Begin by locating the point (0, –2) as given in the initial condition. Follow the flow of the field and sketch the graph of the function. Repeat the same procedure with the point (0, 0). See the curves as shown in Figure 14.5-4 .

**Figure 14.5-4**

#### Example 4

Given the differential equation .

(a) Draw a slope field for the differential equation at the 15 points indicated on the provided set of axes in Figure 14.5-5 .

**Figure 14.5-5**

(b) Sketch a possible graph for the particular solution *y* = *f* (*x* ) to the differential equation with the initial condition *f* (0) = 3.

(c) Find, algebraically, the particular solution *y* = *f* (*x* ) to the differential equation with the initial condition *f* (0) = 3.

Solution:

(a) Set up a table of values for at the 15 given points.

Then sketch the tangents at the various points as shown in Figure 14.5-6 .

**Figure 14.5-6**

(b) Locate the point (0, 3) as indicated in the initial condition. Follow the flow of the field and sketch the curve as shown Figure 14.5-7 .

**Figure 14.5-7**

(c) Step 1: Rewrite as .

Step 2: Integrate both sides and obtain ln .

Step 3: Apply the exponential function to both sides and obtain .

Step 4: Simplify the equation and get .

Let *k* = *e* ^{ C } and you have .

Step 5: Substitute initial condition (0, 3) and obtain *k* = 3. Thus, you have .

### 14.6 Rapid Review

1. Find the average value of *y* = sin *x* on [0, *π* ].

2. Find the total distance traveled by a particle during 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 3 whose velocity function is shown in Figure 14.6-1 .

**Figure 14.6-1**

3. Oil is leaking from a tank at the rate of *f* (*t* ) = 5*e* ^{-0.1t } gallons/hour, where *t* is measured in hours. Write an integral to find the total number of gallons of oil that will have leaked from the tank after 10 hours. Do not evaluate the integral.

.

4. How much money should Mary invest at 7.5% interest a year compounded continuously, so that she will have $100,000 after 20 years.

*Answer: y* (*t* ) = *y* _{0} *e* ^{ kt } , *k* = 0.075, and *t* = 20. *y* (20) = 100,000 = *y* _{0} *e* ^{(0.075)(20)} . Thus, using a calculator, you obtain *y* _{0} ≈ 22313, or $22,313.

5. Given and *y* (1) = 0, solve the differential equation.

6. Identify the differential equation for the slope field shown.

*Answer:* The slope field suggests a hyperbola of the form *y* ^{2} – *x* ^{2} = *k* , so and .

### 14.7 Practice Problems

**Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed.**

1 . Find the value of *c* as stated in the Mean Value Theorem for Integrals for *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} on [2, 4].

2 . The graph of *f* is shown in Figure 14.7-1 . Find the average value of *f* on [0, 8].

**Figure 14.7-1**

3 . The position function of a particle moving on a coordinate line is given as *s* (*t* ) = *t* ^{2} – 6*t* – 7, 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 10. Find the displacement and total distance traveled by the particle from 1 ≤ *t* ≤ 4.

4 . The velocity function of a moving particle on a coordinate line is *v* (*t* ) = 2*t* + 1 for 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 8. At *t* = 1, its position is –4. Find the position of the particle at *t* = 5.

5 . The rate of depreciation for a new piece of equipment at a factory is given as *p* (*t* ) = 50*t* – 600 for 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 10, where *t* is measured in years. Find the total loss of value of the equipment over the first 5 years.

6 . If the acceleration of a moving particle on a coordinate line is *a* (*t* ) = –2 for 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 4, and the initial velocity *v* _{0} = 10, find the total distance traveled by the particle during 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 4.

7 . The graph of the velocity function of a moving particle is shown in Figure 14.7-2 . What is the total distance traveled by the particle during 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 12?

**Figure 14.7-2**

8 . If oil is leaking from a tanker at the rate of *f* (*t* ) = 10*e* ^{0.2t } gallons per hour where *t* is measured in hours, how many gallons of oil will have leaked from the tanker after the first 3 hours?

9 . The change of temperature of a cup of coffee measured in degrees Fahrenheit in a certain room is represented by the function , where *t* is measured in minutes. If the temperature of the coffee is initially 92°F, find its temperature after the first 5 minutes.

10 . If the *half-life* of a radioactive element is 4500 years, and initially there are 100 grams of this element, approximately how many grams are left after 5000 years?

11 . Find a solution of the differential equation:

.

12 . If and at *x* = 0, *y* ′ = –2 and *y* = 1, find a solution of the differential equation.

**Part B—Calculators are allowed.**

13 . Find the average value of *y* = tan *x* from .

14 . The acceleration function of a moving particle on a straight line is given by *a* (*t* ) = 3*e* ^{2t } , where *t* is measured in seconds, and the initial velocity is . Find the displacement and total distance traveled by the particle in the first 3 seconds.

15 . The sales of an item in a company follow an exponential growth/decay model, where *t* is measured in months. If the sales drop from 5000 units in the first month to 4000 units in the third month, how many units should the company expect to sell during the seventh month?

16 . Find an equation of the curve that has a slope of at the point (*x* , *y* ) and passes through the point (0, 4).

17 . The population in a city was approximately 750,000 in 1980, and grew at a rate of 3% per year. If the population growth followed an exponential growth model, find the city’s population in the year 2002.

18 . Find a solution of the differential equation 4*e* ^{ y } = *y* ′ – 3*xe* ^{ y } and *y* (0) = 0.

19 . How much money should a person invest at 6.25% interest compounded continuously so that the person will have $50,000 after 10 years?

20 . The velocity function of a moving particle is given as *v* (*t* ) = 2 – 6*e* ^{-t } , *t* ≥ 0 and *t* is measured in seconds. Find the total distance traveled by the particle during the first 10 seconds.

### 14.8 Cumulative Review Problems

**(Calculator) indicates that calculators are permitted.**

21 . If 3*e* ^{ y } = *x* ^{2} *y* , find .

22 . Evaluate .

23 . The graph of a continuous function *f* which consists of three line segments on [–2, 4] is shown in Figure 14.8-1 . If ,

**Figure 14.8-1**

(a) Find *F* (–2) and *F* (0).

(b) Find *F* ′(0) and *F* ′(2).

(c) Find the value of *x* such that *F* has a maximum on [–2, 4].

(d) On which interval is the graph of *F* concave upward?

24 . (Calculator) The slope of a function *y* = *f* (*x* ) at any point (*x* , *y* ) is and *f* (0) = 2.

(a) Write an equation of the line tangent to the graph of *f* at *x* = 0.

(b) Use the tangent in part (a) to find the approximate value of *f* (0.1).

(c) Find a solution *y* = *f* (*x* ) for the differential equation.

(d) Using the result in part (c), find *f* (0.1).

25 . (Calculator) Let *R* be the region in the first quadrant bounded by *f* (*x* ) = *e* ^{ x } – 1 and *g* (*x* ) = 3 sin *x* .

(a) Find the area of region *R* .

(b) Find the volume of the solid obtained by revolving *R* about the *x* -axis.

(c) Find the volume of the solid having *R* as its base and semicircular cross sections perpendicular to the *x* -axis.

### 14.9 Solutions to Practice Problems

**Part A—The use of a calculator is not allowed.**

1 .

2 .

3 .

4 .

5 .

6 .

7 . Total Distance Traveled

8 .

9 . Total change in temperature

Thus the temperature of coffee after 5 minutes is (92 – 3.79594) ≈ 88.204°F.

10 . *y* (*t* ) = *y* _{0} *e* ^{ kt }

Half-life = 4500 years .

Take ln of both sides:

There are approximately 46.29 grams left.

11 . Step 1: Separate variables:

*dy* = *x* cos(*x* ^{2} ) *dx* .

Step 2: Integrate both sides:

Step 3: Substitute given values.

Step 4: Verify result by differentiating:

.

12 . Step 1: Rewrite as

.

Step 2: Separate variables:

*dy* ′ = (*x* – 5)*dx* .

Step 3: Integrate both sides:

Step 4: Substitute given values:

Step 5: Rewrite:

Step 6: Separate variables:

.

Step 7: Integrate both sides:

Step 8: Substitute given values:

Step 9: Verify result by differentiating:

**Part B—Calculators are allowed.**

13 . Average value .

Enter = (1/(*π* /3 – *π* /4)) (tan *x, x, π* /4, *π* /3)

and obtain .

14 .

Enter

and obtain 298.822.

Distance traveled .

Since for *t* ≥ 0,

.

15 . Step 1:

Substituting:

Step 2:

Step 3: *y* (7) = (5590.17)*e* ^{-0.111572(7)}

≈ 2560

Thus, sales for the 7th month are approximately 2560 units.

16 . Step 1: Separate variables:

Step 2: Integrate both sides:

Step 3: Substitute given value (0, 4):

Step 4: Verify result by differentiating:

17 .

18 . Step 1: Separate variables:

Step 2: Integrate both sides:

Step 3: Substitute given value: *y* (0) = 0 ⇒ *e* ^{0} = 0 – 0 + *c* ⇒ *c* = 1.

Step 4: Take ln of both sides:

Step 5: Verify result by differentiating: Enter *d* (– ln(1 – 4*x* – 3 (*x* –^{^2} )/2), *x* ) and obtain , which is equivalent to *e* ^{ y } (4 + 3*x* ).

19 .

20 . Set *v* (*t* ) = 2 – 6*e* ^{-t } = 0. Using the [*Zero* ] function on your calculator, compute *t* = 1.09861.

Alternatively, use the [*nInt* ] function on the calculator.

Enter nInt(abs(2 – 6*e* ^{^} (–*x* )), *x* , 0, 10) and obtain the same result.

### 14.10 Solutions to Cumulative Review Problems

21 . 3*e* ^{ y } = *x* ^{2} *y*

22 . .

23 . (a)

(b) *F* ′ (*x* ) = *f* (*x* ); *F* ′ (0) = 2 and *F* ′ (2) = 4.

(c) Since *f* > 0 on [–2, 4], *F* has a maximum value at *x* = 4.

(d) The function *f* is increasing on (1, 3) which implies that *f* ′ > 0 on (1, 3).

Thus, *F* is concave upward on (1, 3). (Note: *f* ′ is equivalent to the 2nd derivative of *F* .)

24 . (a)

The equation of the tangent to *f* at *x* = 0 is *y* = 2*x* + 2.

(b) *f* (0.1) = 2 (0.1) + 2 = 2.2

(c) Solve the differential equation:

.

Step 1: Separate variables:

Step 2: Integrate both sides:

.

Step 3: Substitute given values (0, 2):

.

Step 4: Verify result by differentiating

.

Compare this with:

.

Thus, the function is *y* = *f* (*x* ) = 2(2*x* + 1)^{1/2} .

(d)

25 . See Figure 14.10-1 .

**Figure 14.10-1**

(a) Intersection points: Using the [*Intersection* ] function on the calculator, you have *x* = 0 and *x* = 1.37131.

.

1.37131 and obtain 0.836303.

The area of region *R* is approximately 0.836.

(b) Using the Washer Method, volume of

*x* , 0, 1.37131) and obtain 2.54273*π* or 7.98824.

The volume of the solid is 7.988.

(c) (Area of Cross Section)*dx* .

Area of Cross Section

.

Enter (*e* ^(*x* ) – 1))^2, *x* , 0, 1.37131) and obtain 0.077184 *π* or 0.24248. The volume of the solid is approximately 0.077184 *π* or 0.242.

## STEP 5

## Build Your Test-Taking Confidence

**AP Calculus AB Practice Exam 1**

**AP Calculus AB Practice Exam 2**

### AP Calculus AB Practice Exam 1

### ANSWER SHEET FOR MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

### Section I—Part A

Directions:

Tear out the answer sheet provided on the previous page and mark your answers on it. All questions are given equal weight. Points are *not* deducted for incorrect answers and no points are given to unanswered questions. Unless otherwise indicated, the domain of a function *f* is the set of all real numbers. The use of a calculator is *not* permitted in this part of the exam.

** 1 .**

(A) −3

(B)

(C) 0

(D) 3

** 2 .** The figure above shows the graph of a piecewise function. The graph has a horizontal tangent at *x* = −4. What are all the values of *x* , such that −6 < *x* < 6, at which *f* is continuous but not differentiable?

(A) *x* = −2

(B) *x* = −4 and *x* = 0

(C) *x* = −2 and *x* = 0

(D) *x* = −0, and *x* = 2

** 3 .**

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

** 4 .** The diagram above shows the graph of a function *f* for −2 ≤ *x* ≤4. Which of the following statements is/are true?

I.

II.

III.

(A) I only

(B) II only

(C) I and II only

(D) I, II, and III

** 5 .**

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

** 6 .**

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D) 3^{ x } ^{2−3} + *c*

** 7 .** In the figure above, which of the four given points on the graph is and

(A) *A*

(B) *B*

(C) *C*

(D) *D*

** 8 .** The table above shows the values of the functions *h* and *k* and their derivatives at *x* = 4 and *x* = 8. What is the value of

(A) 3

(B) 4

(C) 12

(D) 24

** 9 .** If , then *f* ′(2)=

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

** 10 .** The figure above shows the graph of a continuous function *f* for −4 ≤ *x* ≤ 4. On what intervals is *f* ′(*x* ) > 0 for all values of*x* ?

(A) (−4, 2) only

(B) (−4, −2) and (0, 2)

(C) (−2, 0) only

(D) (0, 4)

** 11 .** If for *t* ≥ 0 is the position of a moving particle on a straight line, at which of the following intervals of *t* is the speed of the particle decreasing?

(A) (1, 2) only

(B) (3, ∞) only

(C) (0, 1) and (2, 3)

(D) (1, 2) and (3, ∞)

** 12 .**

(A) −2

(B) −1

(C) 1

(D) nonexistent

** 13 .**

(A) −π

(B) 0

(C)

(D) π

** 14 .** If is

(A) 6

(B) 9

(C)

(D) 18

** 15 .** Given the function *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} − 3*x* ^{2} + 3*x* − 1, which of the following statements is true?

(A) The graph of *f* has a relative minimum at *x* = 1.

(B) The graph of *f* has a relative maximum at *x* = 1.

(C) The graph of *f* has a point of inflection *x* = 1.

(D) The graph of *f* has a relative minimum at *x* = 0.

** 16 .** If and , what is the value of

(A) −14

(B) −6

(C) 6

(D) 8

** 17 .** What is the slope of the tangent line to the curve 2*x* ^{2} *y* − 3*xy* ^{2} − 2 = 0 at the point (2, 1)?

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

** 18 .** If *f* is a piecewise function defined as , which of the following statements is/are true?

I.

II.

III. *f* ′(2) = 4

(A) None

(B) I only

(C) II only

(D) I, II, and III

** 19 .** Air is pumped into a spherical balloon at the rate of 10 cubic centimeters per second. How fast is the diameter, in centimeters per second, increasing when the radius is 5 cm? (The volume of a sphere is .)

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D) 5π

** 20 .** is

(A) 0

(B)

(C) 1

(D)

** 21 .** The area of the region bounded by the curves of *y* = −*x* ^{2} and *y* = *x* is

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D) 6

** 22 .**

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D) 4*e* ^{2x } + *c*

** 23 .** If , then *f* ′(*x* )=

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

** 24 .** Let *f* and *g* be differentiable functions such that *f* ^{−1} (*x* ) = *g* (*x* ) for all *x* . The table below shows selected values of *f* (*x* ) and *f* ′(*x* ). What is the value of *g* ′(2)?

(A) −5

(B) −3

(C)

(D) 2

** 25 .** The figure above shows the slope field for which of the following differential equations?

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

** 26 .** Let *f* be a continuous and twice differentiable function and *f* ″(*x* ) 0 for all *x* in the interval [4, 5]. Some of the values of *f* are shown in the table below.

Which of the following is true about *f* ′(4.6)?

(A) *f* ′(4.6) < 2

(B) *f* ′(4.6) > 6

(C) 0.2 < *f* ′(4.6) < 0.6

(D) 2 < *f* ′(4.6) < 6

** 27 .** The graph of a function *f* is shown in the figure above. The graph of *f* consists of two line segments, and *f* is continuous on the interval [−3, 3]. If , then *g* (−3) is

(A)

(B) 1

(C)

(D)

** 28 .** The solution to the differential equation where *y* (0) = *e* is

(A)

(B) *y* = *e* ^{3x }

(C) *y* = −*e* ^{3x +1}

(D) *y* = *e* ^{(3x +1)}

** 29 .** The graph of a continuous function *y* = *f* (*x* ) passes through the point (*e* , 4) and . Which of the following is the function *f* (*x* )?

(A) *y* = 3 ln *x* + *e*

(B) *y* = 3 ln *x* + 1

(C) *y* = ln *x* + 4

(D) *y* = *e* ^{ x } + 4

** 30 .** The definite integral is equivalent to which of the following limits?

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

**STOP. AP Calculus AB Practice Exam 1, Section I—Part A.**

### Section I—Part B

Directions:

Continue using the same answer sheet. *Please note that the questions begin with number 76* . This is not an error; it was done to be consistent with the numbering system of the actual AP Calculus AB exam. All questions are given equal weight. Points are *not* deducted for incorrect answers and no points are given to unanswered questions. Unless otherwise indicated, the domain of a function*f* is the set of all real numbers. If the exact numerical value does not appear among the given choices, select the best approximate value. The use of a calculator is *permitted* in this part of the exam.

** 76 .** Given that , if *f* is differentiable at *x* = 1, what is the value of *a* + 2*b* ?

(A) 2

(B) 3

(C) 4

(D) 5

** 77 .** If *g* ′(*x* ) = cos(*π* )*x* ^{2} + 1) and , then *g* (2)=

(A) −0.681

(B) −0.319

(C) 0.181

(D) 0.681

** 78 .** The point (−2, 5) is on the graph of a differential function *f* , and *f* −2) = 3. What is the estimate for *f* (−1.9), using local linear approximation for *f* at *x* = −2?

(A) −16.7

(B) −6.7

(C) −4.7

(D) 5.3

** 79 .** If a function *f* has its derivative *f* ′(*x* ) given as *f* ′(*x* ) = −3*e* ^{−x } cos *x* + 2 for −2 < *x* < 2, on what interval(s) is *f* increasing?

(A) (−1.0407, 0.345)

(B) (0, 0.345)

(C) (−2, 0)

(D) (−2, − 1.407) and (0.345, 2)

** 80 .** A particle moving in a straight line has a velocity of *v* (*t* ) = 2^{−t } cos (2*t* ) feet per minute. What is the total distance in feet traveled by the particle when 0 ≤*t* ≤ 3 minutes? (A) 0.096 (B) 0.121

** 81 .** How many points of inflection does the graph of have on the intervals (0, 2π)?

(A) 0

(B) 1

(C) 2

(D) 3

** 82 .** The table below shows selected values of a continuous function *f* on the closed interval [1,16].

Using three left endpoint rectangles of equal length (*LRAM* ), what is the approximate value of

(A) 16.5

(B) 29

(C) 33.5

(D) 38

** 83 .** The figure above shows the graph of the derivative of a function *f* . Which of the following could be the graph of *f* ?

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

** 84 .** A wire 40 centimeters long is being cut into two pieces to make a circle and a square. If the total area of the circle and the square is a minimum, how much wire, in centimeters, should be used for the circle?

(A) 17.596

(B) 22.404

(C) 40

(D) 56.010

** 85 .** Given that *f* (*x* ) = arccos(2*x* ), what is the slope of the tangent to the graph of *f* at *x* = 0?

(A) −2

(B) 0

(C) 1

(D) 2

** 86 .** A solid is generated by revolving, about the *x* -axis, the region bounded by the curves *y* = *x* ^{3} − 2*x* + 1 and *y* = *x* + 2 in the second quadrant. The volume of the solid is

(A) 2.241

(B) 7.039

(C) 10.348

(D) 16.279

** 87 .** A function *f* is given as *f* (*x* ) = *x* ^{3} + 1 for 1 ≤ *x* ≤ 3. If 1 ≤ *c* ≤ 3 and *f* ′(*c* ) is equal to the average rate of change of *f* on the interval [1, 3], what is the value of *c* ?

(A)

(B)

(C) 6.5

(D) 13

** 88 .** The velocity of a particle moving on a straight line is given as *v* (*t* ) = cos(*t* )(*e* ^{sin(t )} ) for *t* ≥ 0. At , what is the acceleration of the particle?

(A) −2.718

(B) −1.346

(C) −0.420

(D) 1.434

** 89 .** The region, in the first quadrant, bounded by the graph of *y* = cos(*x* ), the *x* -axis, and the *y* -axis, is divided by the line *x* = *k* into two regions of equal area. What is the value of *k* ?

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

** 90 .** In a given petri dish, the number of bacteria grows at approximately the rate of bacteria per day, where*t* is the number of days since the culture in the petri dish began. At day two, there are 150 bacteria. Which of the following is the best approximation for the number of bacteria at day five?

(A) 623

(B) 638

(C) 773

(D) 788

**STOP. End of AP Calculus AB Practice Exam, Section I—Part B.**

### Section II Part A

Directions:

*Show all your work* . You may *not* receive any credit for correct answers without supporting work. You may use an approved calculator to help solve a problem. However, you must clearly indicate the setup of your solution using mathematical notations and *not* calculator syntax. Calculators may be used to find the derivative of a function at a point, compute the numerical value of a definite integral, or solve an equation. Unless otherwise indicated, you may assume the following: (a) the numeric or algebraic answers need not be simplified; (b) your answer, if expressed in approximation, should be correct to 3 places after the decimal point; and (c) the domain of a function *f* is the set of all real numbers.

** 1 .** As shown in the figure above, *S* is the region enclosed by the graphs of *y* = 2*x* ^{4} − 5*x* ^{3} and *y* = 4*x* − *x* ^{2} .

(A) Find the area of the region *S.*

(B) Find the volume of the solid generated when the region *S* is revolved about the line *y* = 4.

(C) If region *S* is the base of a solid, the height of the solid for all points in *S* at a distance *x* from the *y* -axis is given as *h* (*x* ) = 0.5 + 2*x* . Find the volume of the solid.

** 2 .** A particle is moving along the *x* -axis. For 0 ≤*t* ≤ 10, the acceleration of the particle is given by . At *t* = 0, the velocity of the particle is *v* (0) = −1.1.

(A) Find the velocity of the particle at *t* = 4.

(B) For 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 10, at what time interval is the speed of the particle increasing?

(C) For 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 10, what is the average velocity of the particle?

(D) For 0 ≤ *t* ≤ 10, find the total distance traveled by the particle.

**STOP. End of AP Calculus AB Practice Exam, Section II—Part A.**

### Section II—Part B

Directions:

The use of a calculator is *not* permitted in this part of the exam. You should *show all work* . You may *not* receive any credit for correct answers without supporting work. Unless otherwise indicated, the numeric or algebraic answers need not be simplified, and the domain of a function *f* is the set of all real numbers. When you have finished this part of the exam, you may return to the problems in Part A of Section II and continue to work on them. However, you may not use a calculator.

** 3 .** Given the differential equation .

(A) On the axes provided in the figure above, sketch a slope field at the six indicated points.

(B) Let *y* = *f* (*x* ) be the particular solution to the differential equation with the initial condition *f* (0) = 1. Write an equation of the tangent line to the solution curve at the point (0, 1).

(C) Using the equation of the tangent line in part (b), find the approximate value of *f* (0.02).

(D) Find *y* = *f* (*x* ) with *f* (0) = 1.

** 4 .** Let *f* be a continuous function on the interval [−2, 6], and *f* is twice differentiable with *f* ″(*x* ) < 0 on (−2, 6).

Selected values of *f* are shown below.

(A) Using trapezoidal approximation with four trapezoids, find the approximate value of .

(B) Using the result in part (a), find the average value of *f* on [−2, 6].

(C) Find the average rate of change of *f* over the interval [−2, 6].

(D) Examine *f* ′(0) and *f* ′(2), and determine if *f* ′(0) is greater than, less than, or equal to *f* ′(2). Explain.

** 5 .** A function *f* is continuous and twice differentiable for all values of *x* . The figure above shows the graph of *f* ′, the derivative of function *f* on the closed interval [−4, 2]. The graph of *f* ′ has horizontal tangents at *x* = −1 and *x* = 1.5. The areas of regions *A* , *B* , and *C* are 20, 10, and 6, respectively, and *f* (2) = 3.

(A) Find all *x* -values on (−4, 2) such that the function *f* has a local minimum. Justify your answer. (B) Find all*x* -values on (−4, 2) such that the graph of *f* has a point of inflection. Justify your answer.

(B) Find all *x* -values on (−4, 2) such that the graph of f has a point of inflection. Justify your answer.

(C) Evaluate . Explain your reasoning.

(D) Evaluate . Explain your reasoning.

** 6 .** The equation of a curve is given as 14*y* − *y* ^{2} = *x* ^{2} + 24.

(A) Find in terms of *x* and *y* .

(B) Write an equation of the line tangent to the curve at the point (−3, 11).

(C) Write an equation of each vertical tangent to the curve.

(D) Evaluate at the point (0, 2).

**STOP. End of AP Calculus AB Practice Exam, Section II−Part B.**

### Answers to AB Practice Exam 1—Section I

**Part A**

** 1 .** C

** 2 .** D

** 3 .** A

** 4 .** C

** 5 .** C

** 6 .** A

** 7 .** C

** 8 .** A

** 9 .** A

** 10 .** C

** 11 .** C

** 12 .** B

** 13 .** D

** 14 .** B

** 15 .** C

** 16 .** C

** 17 .** D

** 18 .** B

** 19 .** B

** 20 .** B

** 21 .** B

** 22 .** B

** 23 .** D

** 24 .** C

** 25 .** B

** 26 .** D

** 27 .** C

** 28 .** D

** 29 .** B

** 30 .** D

**Part B**

** 76 .** D

** 77 .** D

** 78 .** D

** 79 .** D

** 80 .** D

** 81 .** D

** 82 .** B

** 83 .** A

** 84 .** A

** 85 .** A

** 86 .** B

** 87 .** A

** 88 .** C

** 89 .** A

** 90 .** C

### Answers to AB Practice Exam 1—Section II

#### Part A

** 1 .**

** 2 .**

#### Part B

** 3 .**

** 4 .**

** 5 .**

** 6 .**

### Solutions for AP Calculus AB Practice Exam 1—Section II

#### **Section I Part A**

** 1 .** The correct answer is (C).

Note that , and . Therefore, the is an indeterminate form of the type . Applying *L’Hôpital’s* Rule, you have .

** 2 .** The correct answer is (D).

At *x* = −4, the graph of *f* has a horizontal tangent, which implies that *f* is differentiable and *f* ′(−4) = 0.

At *x* = −2, *f* is discontinuous and thus not differentiable. At each of *x* = 0 and *x* = 2, the one-sided derivatives are different, so *f* is not differentiable. (Note that the graphs at *x* = 0 and *x* = 2 are sometimes referred to as “corners”.)

** 3 .** The correct answer is (A).

Using the *u* -substitution method, let *u* = *x* ^{2} + 1, and obtain *du* = 2*x dx* , or . Therefore, .

** 4 .** The correct answer is (C).

Examining the graph, note that . Since the two one-sided limits are equal, exists. Statement I is true. Also, note that . and . Therefore, statement II is true, but statement III is false because the two one-sided limits are not the same.

** 5 .** The correct answer is (C).

Recall the formula . In this case, *y* = 10 log_{2} (*x* ^{4} + 1), and you have .

** 6 .** The correct answer is (A).

Let *u* = *x* ^{2} − 4. Differentiating, you have . Using *u* -substitution, rewrite . Recall the formula . Therefore, .

** 7 .** The correct answer is (C).

If a function is increasing, then , and if a function is decreasing, . Also, if a function is concave up, , and if a function is concave down,